fixed failed builds

  build:USDX-LAZLIN-75 
  build:USDX-LAZLIN-76

for some reason we can not use {$MODE Delphi} in an 
included file.  

( Probably because of the way the compier scopes this switch to each pas file )

ive had to revert this part of eddies changes.

git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/ultrastardx/svn/trunk@548 b956fd51-792f-4845-bead-9b4dfca2ff2c

56 files changed, 6984 insertions, 7027 deletions

diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/TextGL.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/TextGL.pas
index af60c4ff..aaee50a0 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/TextGL.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/TextGL.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit TextGL;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_FFMpeg.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_FFMpeg.pas
index 675dfd3c..afbb23c1 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_FFMpeg.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_FFMpeg.pas
@@ -13,6 +13,10 @@ This unit is primarily based upon -
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
@@ -59,7 +63,7 @@ var
 //  audio_buf     : array[ 0 .. AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE ] of byte; //pUInt8{$ifndef fpc};{$else} = nil;{$endif}
 
 type
-  Taudiobuff = array[ 0 .. AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE ] of byte;
+  Taudiobuff = array[ 0 .. AVCODEC_MAX_AUDIO_FRAME_SIZE-1 ] of byte;
   PAudioBuff = ^Taudiobuff;
 
 implementation
@@ -376,6 +380,9 @@ end;
 
 procedure TAudio_ffMpeg.PlayStart;
 begin
+
+  // LoadSoundFromFile(BassStart,  SoundPath + 'foo fighters - best of you.mp3');
+
   // TODO : jb_linux replace with something other than bass
 //  BASS_ChannelPlay(BassStart, True);
 end;
@@ -458,10 +465,13 @@ var
   len1            ,
   data_size       : integer;
 begin
+  result := -1;
+
+(*
   {$ifdef win32}
-    FillChar(pkt, sizeof(pkt), #0);
+    FillChar(pkt, sizeof(TAVPacket), #0);
   {$else}
-    memset(@pkt, 0, sizeof(pkt));   // todo : jb memset
+    memset(@pkt, 0, sizeof(TAVPacket));   // todo : jb memset
   {$endif}
 
   audio_pkt_data := nil;
@@ -469,7 +479,7 @@ begin
 
   while true do
   begin
-  
+
     while ( audio_pkt_size > 0 ) do
     begin
 //      writeln( 'got audio packet' );
@@ -479,22 +489,15 @@ begin
 
       if aAudio_buf <> nil  then
       begin
-//        writeln( 'pre avcodec_decode_audio' );
-        {$ifdef fpc}
-          len1 := avcodec_decode_audio(@aCodecCtx, PWord( aAudio_buf ), data_size, audio_pkt_data, audio_pkt_size); // Todo.. should be avcodec_decode_audio2 but this wont link on my ubuntu box.
-        {$else}
-          len1 := avcodec_decode_audio(@aCodecCtx, Pointer( aAudio_buf ), data_size, audio_pkt_data, audio_pkt_size); // Todo.. should be avcodec_decode_audio2 but this wont link on my ubuntu box.
-        {$endif}
-//        writeln( 'post avcodec_decode_audio' );        
-
+        len1 := avcodec_decode_audio(@aCodecCtx, Pointer( aAudio_buf ), data_size, audio_pkt_data, audio_pkt_size); // Todo.. should be avcodec_decode_audio2 but this wont link on my ubuntu box.
       end;
 
-//      writeln('avcodec_decode_audio');
+//      writeln('avcodec_decode_audio : ' + inttostr( len1 ));
 
       if(len1 < 0) then
       begin
 	      //* if error, skip frame */
-//       	writeln( 'Skip audio frame' );
+       	writeln( 'Skip audio frame' );
         audio_pkt_size := 0;
        	break;
       end;
@@ -532,7 +535,7 @@ begin
     audio_pkt_data := pchar( pkt.data );
     audio_pkt_size := pkt.size;
 //    writeln( 'Audio Packet Size - ' + inttostr(audio_pkt_size) );
-  end;
+  end; *)
 end;
 
 procedure audio_callback( userdata: Pointer; stream: PUInt8; len: Integer );
@@ -558,41 +561,45 @@ begin
 
   while (len > 0) do
   begin
-    if(audio_buf_index >= audio_buf_size) then
+
+    if (audio_buf_index >= audio_buf_size) then
     begin
+
       // We have already sent all our data; get more */
-      audio_size := audio_decode_frame(aCodecCtx, pUInt8( laudio_buf ), sizeof(laudio_buf));
+      audio_size := audio_decode_frame(aCodecCtx, pUInt8( laudio_buf ), sizeof(Taudiobuff));
+      writeln( 'audio_decode_frame : ' + inttostr( audio_size ) + ' / ' + inttostr( sizeof(Taudiobuff) ) );
 
-      if(audio_size < 0) then
+      if(audio_size > 0) then
       begin
-      	// If error, output silence */
-      	audio_buf_size := 1024; // arbitrary?
-
-        {$ifdef win32}
-          FillChar(laudio_buf, audio_buf_size, #0);
-        {$else}
-        	memset(laudio_buf, 0, audio_buf_size);   // todo : jb memset
-        {$endif}
+      	audio_buf_size := audio_size;
       end
       else
       begin
-      	audio_buf_size := audio_size;
+      	// If error, output silence */
+
+//      	audio_buf_size := 1024; // arbitrary?
+
+//        {$ifdef win32}
+//          FillChar(laudio_buf, audio_buf_size, #0);
+//        {$else}
+//        	memset(laudio_buf, 0, audio_buf_size);   // todo : jb memset
+//        {$endif}
+
+        writeln( 'Silence' );
       end;
 
       audio_buf_index := 0;  // Todo : jb - SegFault ?
     end;
-    
-    len1 := audio_buf_size - audio_buf_index;
 
+    len1 := audio_buf_size - audio_buf_index;
     if (len1 > len) then
       len1 := len;
 
-
+    lSrc := PUInt8( integer( laudio_buf ) + audio_buf_index );
     {$ifdef WIN32}
-      lSrc := PUInt8( integer( laudio_buf ) + audio_buf_index );
       CopyMemory(stream, lSrc , len1);
     {$else}
-      memcpy(stream, PUInt8( laudio_buf ) + audio_buf_index , len1);
+      memcpy(stream, lSrc , len1);
     {$endif}
 
     len             := len             - len1;
@@ -620,7 +627,7 @@ begin
 
   if FileExists(Name) then
   begin
-//    writeln('Loading Sound: "' + Name + '"', 'LoadSoundFromFile');
+    writeln('Loading Sound: "' + Name + '"', 'LoadSoundFromFile');
     
   // Open video file
   if (av_open_input_file(pFormatCtx, pchar(Name), nil, 0, nil) > 0) then
@@ -697,6 +704,7 @@ begin
     // Free the packet that was allocated by av_read_frame
     SDL_PollEvent(@event);
 
+
 (*
     if  event.type_ = SDL_QUIT the
     begin
@@ -706,8 +714,9 @@ begin
     else
       break;
 *)
-
   end;
+  
+  writeln( 'Done filling buffer' );
 
 //  halt(0);
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_bass.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_bass.pas
index 463a6c7f..9ef3b789 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_bass.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UAudio_bass.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UAudio_bass;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UCommon.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UCommon.pas
index b532f775..43017aff 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UCommon.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UCommon.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UCommon;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UCore.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UCore.pas
index 091868f2..acd9ead7 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UCore.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UCore.pas
@@ -2,9 +2,17 @@ unit UCore;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
-uses uPluginDefs, uCoreModule, UHooks, UServices, UModules;
+uses uPluginDefs,
+     uCoreModule,
+     UHooks,
+     UServices,
+     UModules;
 {*********************
   TCore
   Class manages all CoreModules, teh StartUp, teh MainLoop and the shutdown process
@@ -103,10 +111,11 @@ var
   Core: TCore; 
 
 implementation
-uses SysUtils,
-{$IFDEF win32}
-Windows
-{$ENDIF};
+
+uses {$IFDEF win32}
+       Windows,
+      {$ENDIF}
+      SysUtils;
 
 //-------------
 // Create - Creates Class + Hook and Service Manager
@@ -489,4 +498,4 @@ begin
   Result := hInstance;
 end;
 
-end.
\ No newline at end of file
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UCoreModule.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UCoreModule.pas
index b135089c..c8c54161 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UCoreModule.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UCoreModule.pas
@@ -1,122 +1,126 @@
-unit UCoreModule;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-{*********************

-  TCoreModule

-  Dummy Class that has Methods that will be called from Core

-  In the Best case every Piece of this Software is a Module

-*********************}

-uses UPluginDefs;

-

-type

-  PCoreModule = ^TCoreModule;

-  TCoreModule = class

-    public

-      Constructor Create; virtual;

-      

-      //Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core

-      Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); virtual;

-

-      //Is Called on Loading.

-      //In this Method only Events and Services should be created

-      //to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process

-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-      Function Load: Boolean; virtual;

-

-      //Is Called on Init Process

-      //In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init

-      //your Classes, Variables etc.

-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-      Function Init: Boolean; virtual;

-

-      //Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing

-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-      Function MainLoop: Boolean; virtual;

-

-      //Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.

-      //Deinit is in backwards Initing Order

-      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-      Procedure DeInit; virtual;

-

-      //Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created

-      //Should be used to Free Memory

-      Procedure Free; virtual;

-  end;

-  cCoreModule = class of TCoreModule;

-

-implementation

-

-//-------------

-// Just the Constructor

-//-------------

-Constructor TCoreModule.Create;

-begin

-  //Dummy maaaan ;)

-end;

-

-//-------------

-// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core

-//-------------

-Procedure TCoreModule.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);

-begin

-  pInfo^.Name := 'Not Set';

-  pInfo^.Version := 0;

-  pInfo^.Description := 'Not Set';

-end;

-

-//-------------

-//Is Called on Loading.

-//In this Method only Events and Services should be created

-//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process

-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-//-------------

-Function TCoreModule.Load: Boolean;

-begin

-  //Dummy ftw!!

-  Result := True;

-end;

-

-//-------------

-//Is Called on Init Process

-//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init

-//your Classes, Variables etc.

-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-//-------------

-Function TCoreModule.Init: Boolean;

-begin

-  //Dummy ftw!!

-  Result := True;

-end;

-

-//-------------

-//Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing

-//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit

-//-------------

-Function TCoreModule.MainLoop: Boolean;

-begin

-  //Dummy ftw!!

-  Result := True;

-end;

-

-//-------------

-//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.

-//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order

-//-------------

-Procedure TCoreModule.DeInit;

-begin

-  //Dummy ftw!!

-end;

-

-//-------------

-//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created

-//Should be used to Free Memory

-//-------------

-Procedure TCoreModule.Free;

-begin

-  //Dummy ftw!!

-end;

-

-end.
\ No newline at end of file
+unit UCoreModule;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+{*********************
+  TCoreModule
+  Dummy Class that has Methods that will be called from Core
+  In the Best case every Piece of this Software is a Module
+*********************}
+uses UPluginDefs;
+
+type
+  PCoreModule = ^TCoreModule;
+  TCoreModule = class
+    public
+      Constructor Create; virtual;
+      
+      //Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
+      Procedure Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo); virtual;
+
+      //Is Called on Loading.
+      //In this Method only Events and Services should be created
+      //to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
+      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+      Function Load: Boolean; virtual;
+
+      //Is Called on Init Process
+      //In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
+      //your Classes, Variables etc.
+      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+      Function Init: Boolean; virtual;
+
+      //Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
+      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+      Function MainLoop: Boolean; virtual;
+
+      //Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
+      //Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
+      //If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+      Procedure DeInit; virtual;
+
+      //Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
+      //Should be used to Free Memory
+      Procedure Free; virtual;
+  end;
+  cCoreModule = class of TCoreModule;
+
+implementation
+
+//-------------
+// Just the Constructor
+//-------------
+Constructor TCoreModule.Create;
+begin
+  //Dummy maaaan ;)
+end;
+
+//-------------
+// Function that gives some Infos about the Module to the Core
+//-------------
+Procedure TCoreModule.Info(const pInfo: PModuleInfo);
+begin
+  pInfo^.Name := 'Not Set';
+  pInfo^.Version := 0;
+  pInfo^.Description := 'Not Set';
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Loading.
+//In this Method only Events and Services should be created
+//to offer them to other Modules or Plugins during the Init process
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.Load: Boolean;
+begin
+  //Dummy ftw!!
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called on Init Process
+//In this Method you can Hook some Events and Create + Init
+//your Classes, Variables etc.
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.Init: Boolean;
+begin
+  //Dummy ftw!!
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called during Mainloop before 'Core/MainLoop' Hook and Drawing
+//If False is Returned this will cause a Forced Exit
+//-------------
+Function TCoreModule.MainLoop: Boolean;
+begin
+  //Dummy ftw!!
+  Result := True;
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module has been Inited and there is a Exit.
+//Deinit is in backwards Initing Order
+//-------------
+Procedure TCoreModule.DeInit;
+begin
+  //Dummy ftw!!
+end;
+
+//-------------
+//Is Called if this Module will be unloaded and has been created
+//Should be used to Free Memory
+//-------------
+Procedure TCoreModule.Free;
+begin
+  //Dummy ftw!!
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UCovers.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UCovers.pas
index f4ede329..9cc2a5e9 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UCovers.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UCovers.pas
@@ -1,261 +1,265 @@
-unit UCovers;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses OpenGL12,

-     {$IFDEF win32}

-     windows,

-     {$ENDIF}

-     Math,

-     Classes,

-     SysUtils,

-     {$IFNDEF FPC}

-     Graphics,

-     {$ENDIF}

-     UThemes,

-     UTexture;

-

-type

-  TCover = record

-    Name:       string;

-    W:          word;

-    H:          word;

-    Size:       integer;

-    Position:   integer; // position of picture in the cache file

-//    Data:       array of byte;

-  end;

-

-  TCovers = class

-    Cover:      array of TCover;

-    W:          word;

-    H:          word;

-    Size:       integer;

-    Data:       array of byte;

-    WritetoFile: Boolean;

-

-    constructor Create;

-    procedure Load;

-    procedure Save;

-    procedure AddCover(Name: string);

-    function CoverExists(Name: string): boolean;

-    function CoverNumber(Name: string): integer;

-    procedure PrepareData(Name: string);

-  end;

-

-var

-  Covers:     TCovers;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UMain,

-     // UFiles,

-     ULog,

-     DateUtils;

-

-constructor TCovers.Create;

-begin

-  W := 128;

-  H := 128;

-  Size := W*H*3;

-  Load;

-  WritetoFile := True;

-end;

-

-procedure TCovers.Load;

-var

-  F:      File;

-  C:      integer; // cover number

-  W:      word;

-  H:      word;

-  Bits:   byte;

-  NLen:   word;

-  Name:   string;

-//  Data:   array of byte;

-begin

-  if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then

-  begin

-    AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');

-    Reset(F, 1);

-

-    WritetoFile := not FileIsReadOnly(GamePath + 'covers.cache');

-

-    SetLength(Cover, 0);

-

-    while not EOF(F) do

-    begin

-      SetLength(Cover, Length(Cover)+1);

-

-      BlockRead(F, W, 2);

-      Cover[High(Cover)].W := W;

-

-      BlockRead(F, H, 2);

-      Cover[High(Cover)].H := H;

-

-      BlockRead(F, Bits, 1);

-

-      Cover[High(Cover)].Size := W * H * (Bits div 8);

-

-      // test

-  //    W := 128;

-  //    H := 128;

-  //    Bits := 24;

-  //    Seek(F, FilePos(F) + 3);

-

-      BlockRead(F, NLen, 2);

-      SetLength(Name, NLen);

-

-      BlockRead(F, Name[1], NLen);

-      Cover[High(Cover)].Name := Name;

-

-      Cover[High(Cover)].Position := FilePos(F);

-      Seek(F, FilePos(F) + W*H*(Bits div 8));

-

-  //    SetLength(Cover[High(Cover)].Data, W*H*(Bits div 8));

-  //    BlockRead(F, Cover[High(Cover)].Data[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));

-

-    end; // While

-

-    CloseFile(F);

-  end; // fileexists

-end;

-

-procedure TCovers.Save;

-var

-  F:      File;

-  C:      integer; // cover number

-  W:      word;

-  H:      word;

-  NLen:   word;

-  Bits:   byte;

-begin

-{  AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');

-  Rewrite(F, 1);

-

-  Bits := 24;

-  for C := 0 to High(Cover) do begin

-    W := Cover[C].W;

-    H := Cover[C].H;

-

-    BlockWrite(F, W, 2);

-    BlockWrite(F, H, 2);

-    BlockWrite(F, Bits, 1);

-

-    NLen := Length(Cover[C].Name);

-    BlockWrite(F, NLen, 2);

-    BlockWrite(F, Cover[C].Name[1], NLen);

-    BlockWrite(F, Cover[C].Data[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));

-  end;

-

-  CloseFile(F);}

-end;

-

-procedure TCovers.AddCover(Name: string);

-var

-  B:      integer;

-  F:      File;

-  C:      integer; // cover number

-  NLen:   word;

-  Bits:   byte;

-begin

-  if not CoverExists(Name) then

-  begin

-    SetLength(Cover, Length(Cover)+1);

-    Cover[High(Cover)].Name := Name;

-

-    Cover[High(Cover)].W := W;

-    Cover[High(Cover)].H := H;

-    Cover[High(Cover)].Size := Size;

-

-    // do not copy data. write them directly to file

-//    SetLength(Cover[High(Cover)].Data, Size);

-//    for B := 0 to Size-1 do

-//      Cover[High(Cover)].Data[B] := CacheMipmap[B];

-

-    if WritetoFile then

-    begin

-      AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');

-      

-      if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then

-      begin

-        Reset(F, 1);

-        Seek(F, FileSize(F));

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        Rewrite(F, 1);

-      end;

-

-      Bits := 24;

-

-      BlockWrite(F, W, 2);

-      BlockWrite(F, H, 2);

-      BlockWrite(F, Bits, 1);

-

-      NLen := Length(Name);

-      BlockWrite(F, NLen, 2);

-      BlockWrite(F, Name[1], NLen);

-

-      Cover[High(Cover)].Position := FilePos(F);

-      BlockWrite(F, CacheMipmap[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));

-

-      CloseFile(F);

-    end;

-  end

-  else

-    Cover[High(Cover)].Position := 0;

-end;

-

-function TCovers.CoverExists(Name: string): boolean;

-var

-  C:    integer; // cover

-begin

-  Result := false;

-  C      := 0;

-  

-  while (C <= High(Cover)) and (Result = false) do

-  begin

-    if Cover[C].Name = Name then

-      Result := true;

-      

-    Inc(C);

-  end;

-end;

-

-function TCovers.CoverNumber(Name: string): integer;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-begin

-  Result := -1;

-  C      := 0;

-  

-  while (C <= High(Cover)) and (Result = -1) do

-  begin

-    if Cover[C].Name = Name then

-      Result := C;

-      

-    Inc(C);

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TCovers.PrepareData(Name: string);

-var

-  F:  File;

-  C:  integer;

-begin

-  if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then

-  begin

-    AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');

-    Reset(F, 1);

-

-    C := CoverNumber(Name);

-    SetLength(Data, Cover[C].Size);

-    if Length(Data) < 6 then beep;

-    Seek(F, Cover[C].Position);

-    BlockRead(F, Data[0], Cover[C].Size);

-    CloseFile(F);

-  end;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UCovers;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses OpenGL12,
+     {$IFDEF win32}
+     windows,
+     {$ENDIF}
+     Math,
+     Classes,
+     SysUtils,
+     {$IFNDEF FPC}
+     Graphics,
+     {$ENDIF}
+     UThemes,
+     UTexture;
+
+type
+  TCover = record
+    Name:       string;
+    W:          word;
+    H:          word;
+    Size:       integer;
+    Position:   integer; // position of picture in the cache file
+//    Data:       array of byte;
+  end;
+
+  TCovers = class
+    Cover:      array of TCover;
+    W:          word;
+    H:          word;
+    Size:       integer;
+    Data:       array of byte;
+    WritetoFile: Boolean;
+
+    constructor Create;
+    procedure Load;
+    procedure Save;
+    procedure AddCover(Name: string);
+    function CoverExists(Name: string): boolean;
+    function CoverNumber(Name: string): integer;
+    procedure PrepareData(Name: string);
+  end;
+
+var
+  Covers:     TCovers;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UMain,
+     // UFiles,
+     ULog,
+     DateUtils;
+
+constructor TCovers.Create;
+begin
+  W := 128;
+  H := 128;
+  Size := W*H*3;
+  Load;
+  WritetoFile := True;
+end;
+
+procedure TCovers.Load;
+var
+  F:      File;
+  C:      integer; // cover number
+  W:      word;
+  H:      word;
+  Bits:   byte;
+  NLen:   word;
+  Name:   string;
+//  Data:   array of byte;
+begin
+  if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then
+  begin
+    AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');
+    Reset(F, 1);
+
+    WritetoFile := not FileIsReadOnly(GamePath + 'covers.cache');
+
+    SetLength(Cover, 0);
+
+    while not EOF(F) do
+    begin
+      SetLength(Cover, Length(Cover)+1);
+
+      BlockRead(F, W, 2);
+      Cover[High(Cover)].W := W;
+
+      BlockRead(F, H, 2);
+      Cover[High(Cover)].H := H;
+
+      BlockRead(F, Bits, 1);
+
+      Cover[High(Cover)].Size := W * H * (Bits div 8);
+
+      // test
+  //    W := 128;
+  //    H := 128;
+  //    Bits := 24;
+  //    Seek(F, FilePos(F) + 3);
+
+      BlockRead(F, NLen, 2);
+      SetLength(Name, NLen);
+
+      BlockRead(F, Name[1], NLen);
+      Cover[High(Cover)].Name := Name;
+
+      Cover[High(Cover)].Position := FilePos(F);
+      Seek(F, FilePos(F) + W*H*(Bits div 8));
+
+  //    SetLength(Cover[High(Cover)].Data, W*H*(Bits div 8));
+  //    BlockRead(F, Cover[High(Cover)].Data[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));
+
+    end; // While
+
+    CloseFile(F);
+  end; // fileexists
+end;
+
+procedure TCovers.Save;
+var
+  F:      File;
+  C:      integer; // cover number
+  W:      word;
+  H:      word;
+  NLen:   word;
+  Bits:   byte;
+begin
+{  AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');
+  Rewrite(F, 1);
+
+  Bits := 24;
+  for C := 0 to High(Cover) do begin
+    W := Cover[C].W;
+    H := Cover[C].H;
+
+    BlockWrite(F, W, 2);
+    BlockWrite(F, H, 2);
+    BlockWrite(F, Bits, 1);
+
+    NLen := Length(Cover[C].Name);
+    BlockWrite(F, NLen, 2);
+    BlockWrite(F, Cover[C].Name[1], NLen);
+    BlockWrite(F, Cover[C].Data[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));
+  end;
+
+  CloseFile(F);}
+end;
+
+procedure TCovers.AddCover(Name: string);
+var
+  B:      integer;
+  F:      File;
+  C:      integer; // cover number
+  NLen:   word;
+  Bits:   byte;
+begin
+  if not CoverExists(Name) then
+  begin
+    SetLength(Cover, Length(Cover)+1);
+    Cover[High(Cover)].Name := Name;
+
+    Cover[High(Cover)].W := W;
+    Cover[High(Cover)].H := H;
+    Cover[High(Cover)].Size := Size;
+
+    // do not copy data. write them directly to file
+//    SetLength(Cover[High(Cover)].Data, Size);
+//    for B := 0 to Size-1 do
+//      Cover[High(Cover)].Data[B] := CacheMipmap[B];
+
+    if WritetoFile then
+    begin
+      AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');
+      
+      if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then
+      begin
+        Reset(F, 1);
+        Seek(F, FileSize(F));
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        Rewrite(F, 1);
+      end;
+
+      Bits := 24;
+
+      BlockWrite(F, W, 2);
+      BlockWrite(F, H, 2);
+      BlockWrite(F, Bits, 1);
+
+      NLen := Length(Name);
+      BlockWrite(F, NLen, 2);
+      BlockWrite(F, Name[1], NLen);
+
+      Cover[High(Cover)].Position := FilePos(F);
+      BlockWrite(F, CacheMipmap[0], W*H*(Bits div 8));
+
+      CloseFile(F);
+    end;
+  end
+  else
+    Cover[High(Cover)].Position := 0;
+end;
+
+function TCovers.CoverExists(Name: string): boolean;
+var
+  C:    integer; // cover
+begin
+  Result := false;
+  C      := 0;
+  
+  while (C <= High(Cover)) and (Result = false) do
+  begin
+    if Cover[C].Name = Name then
+      Result := true;
+      
+    Inc(C);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TCovers.CoverNumber(Name: string): integer;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  C      := 0;
+  
+  while (C <= High(Cover)) and (Result = -1) do
+  begin
+    if Cover[C].Name = Name then
+      Result := C;
+      
+    Inc(C);
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TCovers.PrepareData(Name: string);
+var
+  F:  File;
+  C:  integer;
+begin
+  if FileExists(GamePath + 'covers.cache') then
+  begin
+    AssignFile(F, GamePath + 'covers.cache');
+    Reset(F, 1);
+
+    C := CoverNumber(Name);
+    SetLength(Data, Cover[C].Size);
+    if Length(Data) < 6 then beep;
+    Seek(F, Cover[C].Position);
+    BlockRead(F, Data[0], Cover[C].Size);
+    CloseFile(F);
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UDLLManager.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UDLLManager.pas
index 358be9af..cbe79c3c 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UDLLManager.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UDLLManager.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UDLLManager;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses ModiSDK,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UDataBase.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UDataBase.pas
index 0cafc9fd..e99cb891 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UDataBase.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UDataBase.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UDataBase;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses USongs,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UDraw.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UDraw.pas
index 350926d8..efc3494b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UDraw.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UDraw.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UDraw;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses UThemes,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UFiles.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UFiles.pas
index 5f168ead..e4f83b7a 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UFiles.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UFiles.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ unit UFiles;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses SysUtils,
@@ -329,8 +332,11 @@ Result := False;
   //Reset LineNo
   FileLineNo := 0;
 
+  writeln( 'Assign File : ' + Song.Path + Song.FileName );
+
   //Open File and set File Pointer to the beginning
   AssignFile(SongFile, Song.Path + Song.FileName);
+  
 //  if assinged( SongFile ) then
   begin
     try
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphic.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphic.pas
index 26601f2d..bfad2d73 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphic.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphic.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UGraphic;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphicClasses.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphicClasses.pas
index 2acd5530..4dfc66ce 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphicClasses.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UGraphicClasses.pas
@@ -3,6 +3,10 @@ unit UGraphicClasses;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses UTexture;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UHooks.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UHooks.pas
index ea31ec50..c30803f7 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UHooks.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UHooks.pas
@@ -1,425 +1,430 @@
-unit UHooks;

-

-{*********************

-  THookManager

-  Class for saving, managing and calling of Hooks.

-  Saves all hookable events and their subscribers

-*********************}

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses uPluginDefs, SysUtils;

-

-type

-  //Record that saves info from Subscriber

-  PSubscriberInfo = ^TSubscriberInfo;

-  TSubscriberInfo = record

-    Self: THandle;  //ID of this Subscription (First Word: ID of Subscription; 2nd Word: ID of Hook)

-    Next: PSubscriberInfo; //Pointer to next Item in HookChain

-

-    Owner: Integer; //For Error Handling and Plugin Unloading.

-

-    //Here is s/t tricky

-    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to Hook an Event with a Class

-    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class

-    Case isClass: boolean of

-      False: (Proc: TUS_Hook); //Proc that will be called on Event

-      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object);

-  end;

-

-  TEventInfo = record

-    Name: String[60];                  //Name of Event

-    FirstSubscriber:  PSubscriberInfo; //First subscriber in chain

-    LastSubscriber:   PSubscriberInfo; //Last " (for easier subscriber adding

-  end;

-

-  THookManager = class

-    private

-      Events: array of TEventInfo;

-      SpaceinEvents: Word; //Number of empty Items in Events Array. (e.g. Deleted Items)

-

-      Procedure FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: Word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);

-    public

-      constructor Create(const SpacetoAllocate: Word);

-

-      Function AddEvent (const EventName: PChar): THandle;

-      Function DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): Integer;

-

-      Function AddSubscriber (const EventName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Hook = nil; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object = nil): THandle;

-      Function DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): Integer;

-

-      Function CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam, lParam: LongWord): Integer;

-      Function EventExists (const EventName: PChar): Integer;

-

-      Procedure DelbyOwner(const Owner: Integer);

-  end;

-

-function HookTest(wParam, lParam: DWord): integer; stdcall;

-

-var

-  HookManager: THookManager;

-

-implementation

-uses UCore;

-

-//------------

-// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values

-//------------

-constructor THookManager.Create(const SpacetoAllocate: Word);

-var I: Integer;

-begin

-  //Get the Space and "Zero" it

-  SetLength (Events, SpacetoAllocate);

-  For I := 0 to SpacetoAllocate do

-    Events[I].Name[1] := chr(0);

-

-  SpaceinEvents := SpacetoAllocate;

-

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-    WriteLn('HookManager: Succesful Created.');

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// AddEvent - Adds an Event and return the Events Handle or 0 on Failure

-//------------

-Function THookManager.AddEvent (const EventName: PChar): THandle;

-var I: Integer;

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-

-  if (EventExists(EventName) = 0) then

-  begin

-    If (SpaceinEvents > 0) then

-    begin

-      //There is already Space available

-      //Go Search it!

-      For I := 0 to High(Events) do

-        If (Events[I].Name[1] = chr(0)) then

-        begin //Found Space

-          Result := I;

-          Dec(SpaceinEvents);

-          Break;

-        end;

-

-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-        WriteLn('HookManager: Found Space for Event at Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result+1) + '');

-      {$ENDIF}

-    end

-    else

-    begin //There is no Space => Go make some!

-      Result := Length(Events);

-      SetLength(Events, Result + 1);

-    end;

-

-    //Set Events Data

-    Events[Result].Name := EventName;

-    Events[Result].FirstSubscriber := nil;

-    Events[Result].LastSubscriber := nil;

-

-    //Handle is Index + 1

-    Inc(Result);

-

-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-    WriteLn('HookManager: Add Event succesful: ''' + EventName + '');

-    {$ENDIF}

-  end

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-  else

-    WriteLn('HookManager: Trying to ReAdd Event: ''' + EventName + '');

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// DelEvent - Deletes an Event by Handle Returns False on Failure

-//------------

-Function THookManager.DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): Integer;

-var

-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;

-begin

-  hEvent := hEvent - 1; //Arrayindex is Handle - 1

-  Result := -1;

-

-

-  If (Length(Events) > hEvent) AND (Events[hEvent].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then

-  begin //Event exists

-    //Free the Space for all Subscribers

-    Cur := Events[hEvent].FirstSubscriber;

-

-    While (Cur <> nil) do

-    begin

-      Last := Cur;

-      Cur  := Cur.Next;

-      FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));

-    end;

-

-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-      WriteLn('HookManager: Removed Event succesful: ''' + Events[hEvent].Name + '');

-    {$ENDIF}

-

-    //Free the Event

-    Events[hEvent].Name[1] := chr(0);

-    Inc(SpaceinEvents); //There is one more space for new events

-  end

-

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-  else

-    WriteLn('HookManager: Try to Remove not Existing Event. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hEvent) + '');

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// AddSubscriber - Adds an Subscriber to the Event by Name

-// Returns Handle of the Subscribtion or 0 on Failure

-//------------

-Function THookManager.AddSubscriber (const EventName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Hook; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object): THandle;

-var

-  EventHandle: THandle;

-  EventIndex:  Cardinal;

-  Cur:   PSubscriberInfo;

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-

-  If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then

-  begin

-    EventHandle := EventExists(EventName);

-

-    If (EventHandle <> 0) then

-    begin

-      EventIndex := EventHandle - 1;

-      

-      //Get Memory

-      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));

-

-      //Fill it with Data

-      Cur.Next := nil;

-

-      //Add Owner

-      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;

-

-      If (@Proc = nil) then

-      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method

-        Cur.isClass := True;

-        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;

-      end

-      else //Use the normal Proc

-      begin

-        Cur.isClass := False;

-        Cur.Proc := Proc;

-      end;

-

-      //Create Handle (1st Word: Handle of Event; 2nd Word: unique ID

-      If (Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber = nil) then

-      begin

-        If (Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber = nil) then

-        begin

-          Result := (EventHandle SHL 16);

-          Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur;

-        end

-        Else

-        begin

-          Result := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber.Self + 1;

-        end;

-      end

-      Else

-      begin

-        Result := Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Self + 1;

-        Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Next := Cur;

-      end;

-

-      Cur.Self := Result;

-

-      //Add to Chain

-      Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Cur;

-

-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-          WriteLn('HookManager: Add Subscriber to Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''' Owner: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Owner));

-      {$ENDIF}

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//------------

-// FreeSubscriber - Helper for DelSubscriber. Prevents Loss of Chain Items. Frees Memory.

-//------------

-Procedure THookManager.FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: Word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);

-begin

-  //Delete from Chain

-  If (Last <> nil) then

-  begin

-    Last.Next := Cur.Next;

-  end

-  else  //Was first Popup

-  begin

-    Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur.Next;

-  end;

-

-  //Was this Last subscription ?

-  If (Cur = Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber) then

-  begin //Change Last Subscriber

-    Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Last;

-  end;

-

-  //Free Space:

-  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));

-end;

-

-//------------

-// DelSubscriber - Deletes a Subscribtion by Handle, return non Zero on Failure

-//------------

-Function THookManager.DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): Integer;

-var

-  EventIndex: Cardinal;

-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;

-begin

-  Result := -1;

-  EventIndex := ((hSubscriber AND (High(THandle) xor High(Word))) SHR 16) - 1;

-

-  //Existing Event ?

-  If (EventIndex < Length(Events)) AND (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then

-  begin

-    Result := -2; //Return -1 on not existing Event, -2 on not existing Subscription

-

-    //Search for Subscription

-    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;

-    Last := nil;

-

-    //go through the chain ...

-    While (Cur <> nil) do

-    begin

-      If (Cur.Self = hSubscriber) then

-      begin  //Found Subscription we searched for

-        FreeSubscriber(EventIndex, Last, Cur);

-

-        {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-          WriteLn('HookManager: Del Subscriber from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hSubscriber) + '');

-        {$ENDIF}

-

-        //Set Result and Break the Loop

-        Result := 0;

-        Break;

-      end;

-

-      Last := Cur;

-      Cur := Cur.Next;

-    end;

-

-  end;

-end;

-

-

-//------------

-// CallEventChain - Calls the Chain of a specified EventHandle

-// Returns: -1: Handle doesn't Exist, 0 Chain is called until the End

-//------------

-Function THookManager.CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam, lParam: LongWord): Integer;

-var

-  EventIndex: Cardinal;

-  Cur: PSubscriberInfo;

-  CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute

-begin

-  Result := -1;

-  EventIndex := hEvent - 1;

-

-  If ((EventIndex <= High(Events)) AND (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0))) then

-  begin //Existing Event

-    //Backup CurExecuted

-    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;

-

-    //Start calling the Chain !!!11

-    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;

-    Result := 0;

-    //Call Hooks until the Chain is at the End or breaked

-    While ((Cur <> nil) AND (Result = 0)) do

-    begin

-      //Set CurExecuted

-      Core.CurExecuted := Cur.Owner;

-      if (Cur.isClass) then

-        Result := Cur.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)

-      else

-        Result := Cur.Proc(wParam, lParam);

-

-      Cur := Cur.Next;

-    end;

-

-    //Restore CurExecuted

-    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;

-  end;

-

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-    WriteLn('HookManager: Called Chain from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Result: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + '');

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// EventExists - Returns non Zero if an Event with the given Name exists

-//------------

-Function THookManager.EventExists (const EventName: PChar): Integer;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  Name: String[60];

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-  //If (Length(EventName) <

-  Name := String(EventName);

-

-  //Sure not to search for empty space

-  If (Name[1] <> chr(0)) then

-  begin

-    //Search for Event

-    For I := 0 to High(Events) do

-      If (Events[I].Name = Name) then

-      begin //Event found

-        Result := I + 1;

-        Break;

-      end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//------------

-// DelbyOwner - Dels all Subscriptions by a specific Owner. (For Clean Plugin/Module unloading)

-//------------

-Procedure THookManager.DelbyOwner(const Owner: Integer);

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;

-begin

-  //Search for Owner in all Hooks Chains

-  For I := 0 to High(Events) do

-  begin

-    If (Events[I].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then

-    begin

-      

-      Last := nil;

-      Cur  := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;

-      //Went Through Chain

-      While (Cur <> nil) do

-      begin

-        If (Cur.Owner = Owner) then

-        begin //Found Subscription by Owner -> Delete

-          FreeSubscriber(I, Last, Cur);

-          If (Last <> nil) then

-            Cur := Last.Next

-          else

-            Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;

-        end

-        Else

-        begin

-          //Next Item:

-          Last := Cur;

-          Cur := Cur.Next;

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-

-function HookTest(wParam, lParam: DWord): integer; stdcall;

-begin

-  Result := 0; //Don't break the chain

-  Core.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_INFO, Integer(PChar(String(PChar(Pointer(lParam))) + ': ' + String(PChar(Pointer(wParam))))));

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UHooks;
+
+{*********************
+  THookManager
+  Class for saving, managing and calling of Hooks.
+  Saves all hookable events and their subscribers
+*********************}
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses uPluginDefs,
+     SysUtils;
+
+type
+  //Record that saves info from Subscriber
+  PSubscriberInfo = ^TSubscriberInfo;
+  TSubscriberInfo = record
+    Self: THandle;  //ID of this Subscription (First Word: ID of Subscription; 2nd Word: ID of Hook)
+    Next: PSubscriberInfo; //Pointer to next Item in HookChain
+
+    Owner: Integer; //For Error Handling and Plugin Unloading.
+
+    //Here is s/t tricky
+    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to Hook an Event with a Class
+    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
+    Case isClass: boolean of
+      False: (Proc: TUS_Hook); //Proc that will be called on Event
+      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object);
+  end;
+
+  TEventInfo = record
+    Name: String[60];                  //Name of Event
+    FirstSubscriber:  PSubscriberInfo; //First subscriber in chain
+    LastSubscriber:   PSubscriberInfo; //Last " (for easier subscriber adding
+  end;
+
+  THookManager = class
+    private
+      Events: array of TEventInfo;
+      SpaceinEvents: Word; //Number of empty Items in Events Array. (e.g. Deleted Items)
+
+      Procedure FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: Word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
+    public
+      constructor Create(const SpacetoAllocate: Word);
+
+      Function AddEvent (const EventName: PChar): THandle;
+      Function DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): Integer;
+
+      Function AddSubscriber (const EventName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Hook = nil; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object = nil): THandle;
+      Function DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): Integer;
+
+      Function CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam, lParam: LongWord): Integer;
+      Function EventExists (const EventName: PChar): Integer;
+
+      Procedure DelbyOwner(const Owner: Integer);
+  end;
+
+function HookTest(wParam, lParam: DWord): integer; stdcall;
+
+var
+  HookManager: THookManager;
+
+implementation
+uses UCore;
+
+//------------
+// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
+//------------
+constructor THookManager.Create(const SpacetoAllocate: Word);
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+  //Get the Space and "Zero" it
+  SetLength (Events, SpacetoAllocate);
+  For I := 0 to SpacetoAllocate do
+    Events[I].Name[1] := chr(0);
+
+  SpaceinEvents := SpacetoAllocate;
+
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    WriteLn('HookManager: Succesful Created.');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// AddEvent - Adds an Event and return the Events Handle or 0 on Failure
+//------------
+Function THookManager.AddEvent (const EventName: PChar): THandle;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  if (EventExists(EventName) = 0) then
+  begin
+    If (SpaceinEvents > 0) then
+    begin
+      //There is already Space available
+      //Go Search it!
+      For I := 0 to High(Events) do
+        If (Events[I].Name[1] = chr(0)) then
+        begin //Found Space
+          Result := I;
+          Dec(SpaceinEvents);
+          Break;
+        end;
+
+      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+        WriteLn('HookManager: Found Space for Event at Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result+1) + '');
+      {$ENDIF}
+    end
+    else
+    begin //There is no Space => Go make some!
+      Result := Length(Events);
+      SetLength(Events, Result + 1);
+    end;
+
+    //Set Events Data
+    Events[Result].Name := EventName;
+    Events[Result].FirstSubscriber := nil;
+    Events[Result].LastSubscriber := nil;
+
+    //Handle is Index + 1
+    Inc(Result);
+
+    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    WriteLn('HookManager: Add Event succesful: ''' + EventName + '');
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+  else
+    WriteLn('HookManager: Trying to ReAdd Event: ''' + EventName + '');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelEvent - Deletes an Event by Handle Returns False on Failure
+//------------
+Function THookManager.DelEvent (hEvent: THandle): Integer;
+var
+  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+  hEvent := hEvent - 1; //Arrayindex is Handle - 1
+  Result := -1;
+
+
+  If (Length(Events) > hEvent) AND (Events[hEvent].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+  begin //Event exists
+    //Free the Space for all Subscribers
+    Cur := Events[hEvent].FirstSubscriber;
+
+    While (Cur <> nil) do
+    begin
+      Last := Cur;
+      Cur  := Cur.Next;
+      FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+    end;
+
+    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+      WriteLn('HookManager: Removed Event succesful: ''' + Events[hEvent].Name + '');
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    //Free the Event
+    Events[hEvent].Name[1] := chr(0);
+    Inc(SpaceinEvents); //There is one more space for new events
+  end
+
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+  else
+    WriteLn('HookManager: Try to Remove not Existing Event. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hEvent) + '');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// AddSubscriber - Adds an Subscriber to the Event by Name
+// Returns Handle of the Subscribtion or 0 on Failure
+//------------
+Function THookManager.AddSubscriber (const EventName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Hook; const ProcOfClass: TUS_Hook_of_Object): THandle;
+var
+  EventHandle: THandle;
+  EventIndex:  Cardinal;
+  Cur:   PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
+  begin
+    EventHandle := EventExists(EventName);
+
+    If (EventHandle <> 0) then
+    begin
+      EventIndex := EventHandle - 1;
+      
+      //Get Memory
+      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+
+      //Fill it with Data
+      Cur.Next := nil;
+
+      //Add Owner
+      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+      If (@Proc = nil) then
+      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
+        Cur.isClass := True;
+        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
+      end
+      else //Use the normal Proc
+      begin
+        Cur.isClass := False;
+        Cur.Proc := Proc;
+      end;
+
+      //Create Handle (1st Word: Handle of Event; 2nd Word: unique ID
+      If (Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber = nil) then
+      begin
+        If (Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber = nil) then
+        begin
+          Result := (EventHandle SHL 16);
+          Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur;
+        end
+        Else
+        begin
+          Result := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber.Self + 1;
+        end;
+      end
+      Else
+      begin
+        Result := Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Self + 1;
+        Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber.Next := Cur;
+      end;
+
+      Cur.Self := Result;
+
+      //Add to Chain
+      Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Cur;
+
+      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+          WriteLn('HookManager: Add Subscriber to Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + ''' Owner: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Owner));
+      {$ENDIF}
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// FreeSubscriber - Helper for DelSubscriber. Prevents Loss of Chain Items. Frees Memory.
+//------------
+Procedure THookManager.FreeSubscriber(const EventIndex: Word; const Last, Cur: PSubscriberInfo);
+begin
+  //Delete from Chain
+  If (Last <> nil) then
+  begin
+    Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+  end
+  else  //Was first Popup
+  begin
+    Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber := Cur.Next;
+  end;
+
+  //Was this Last subscription ?
+  If (Cur = Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber) then
+  begin //Change Last Subscriber
+    Events[EventIndex].LastSubscriber := Last;
+  end;
+
+  //Free Space:
+  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TSubscriberInfo));
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelSubscriber - Deletes a Subscribtion by Handle, return non Zero on Failure
+//------------
+Function THookManager.DelSubscriber (const hSubscriber: THandle): Integer;
+var
+  EventIndex: Cardinal;
+  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  EventIndex := ((hSubscriber AND (High(THandle) xor High(Word))) SHR 16) - 1;
+
+  //Existing Event ?
+  If (EventIndex < Length(Events)) AND (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+  begin
+    Result := -2; //Return -1 on not existing Event, -2 on not existing Subscription
+
+    //Search for Subscription
+    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
+    Last := nil;
+
+    //go through the chain ...
+    While (Cur <> nil) do
+    begin
+      If (Cur.Self = hSubscriber) then
+      begin  //Found Subscription we searched for
+        FreeSubscriber(EventIndex, Last, Cur);
+
+        {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+          WriteLn('HookManager: Del Subscriber from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Handle: ''' + InttoStr(hSubscriber) + '');
+        {$ENDIF}
+
+        //Set Result and Break the Loop
+        Result := 0;
+        Break;
+      end;
+
+      Last := Cur;
+      Cur := Cur.Next;
+    end;
+
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+//------------
+// CallEventChain - Calls the Chain of a specified EventHandle
+// Returns: -1: Handle doesn't Exist, 0 Chain is called until the End
+//------------
+Function THookManager.CallEventChain (const hEvent: THandle; const wParam, lParam: LongWord): Integer;
+var
+  EventIndex: Cardinal;
+  Cur: PSubscriberInfo;
+  CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+  EventIndex := hEvent - 1;
+
+  If ((EventIndex <= High(Events)) AND (Events[EventIndex].Name[1] <> chr(0))) then
+  begin //Existing Event
+    //Backup CurExecuted
+    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+    //Start calling the Chain !!!11
+    Cur := Events[EventIndex].FirstSubscriber;
+    Result := 0;
+    //Call Hooks until the Chain is at the End or breaked
+    While ((Cur <> nil) AND (Result = 0)) do
+    begin
+      //Set CurExecuted
+      Core.CurExecuted := Cur.Owner;
+      if (Cur.isClass) then
+        Result := Cur.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
+      else
+        Result := Cur.Proc(wParam, lParam);
+
+      Cur := Cur.Next;
+    end;
+
+    //Restore CurExecuted
+    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    WriteLn('HookManager: Called Chain from Event ''' + Events[EventIndex].Name + ''' succesful. Result: ''' + InttoStr(Result) + '');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// EventExists - Returns non Zero if an Event with the given Name exists
+//------------
+Function THookManager.EventExists (const EventName: PChar): Integer;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Name: String[60];
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  //If (Length(EventName) <
+  Name := String(EventName);
+
+  //Sure not to search for empty space
+  If (Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+  begin
+    //Search for Event
+    For I := 0 to High(Events) do
+      If (Events[I].Name = Name) then
+      begin //Event found
+        Result := I + 1;
+        Break;
+      end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// DelbyOwner - Dels all Subscriptions by a specific Owner. (For Clean Plugin/Module unloading)
+//------------
+Procedure THookManager.DelbyOwner(const Owner: Integer);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Cur, Last: PSubscriberInfo;
+begin
+  //Search for Owner in all Hooks Chains
+  For I := 0 to High(Events) do
+  begin
+    If (Events[I].Name[1] <> chr(0)) then
+    begin
+      
+      Last := nil;
+      Cur  := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
+      //Went Through Chain
+      While (Cur <> nil) do
+      begin
+        If (Cur.Owner = Owner) then
+        begin //Found Subscription by Owner -> Delete
+          FreeSubscriber(I, Last, Cur);
+          If (Last <> nil) then
+            Cur := Last.Next
+          else
+            Cur := Events[I].FirstSubscriber;
+        end
+        Else
+        begin
+          //Next Item:
+          Last := Cur;
+          Cur := Cur.Next;
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+
+function HookTest(wParam, lParam: DWord): integer; stdcall;
+begin
+  Result := 0; //Don't break the chain
+  Core.ShowMessage(CORE_SM_INFO, Integer(PChar(String(PChar(Pointer(lParam))) + ': ' + String(PChar(Pointer(wParam))))));
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UIni.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UIni.pas
index 36ba2180..998a1d4b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UIni.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UIni.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UIni;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses IniFiles, ULog, SysUtils;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/ULanguage.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/ULanguage.pas
index 25986263..dc07c298 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/ULanguage.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/ULanguage.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit ULanguage;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
                
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/ULight.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/ULight.pas
index 6621cf59..b0ff9d6b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/ULight.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/ULight.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit ULight;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 type
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/ULog.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/ULog.pas
index 2ce70a11..7f0b82c4 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/ULog.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/ULog.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit ULog;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses Classes;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics.pas
index 96b9d43b..8eaa2a5f 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit ULyrics;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses OpenGL12,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics_bak.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics_bak.pas
index b5a9d798..703ee270 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics_bak.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/ULyrics_bak.pas
@@ -1,424 +1,428 @@
-unit ULyrics_bak;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses SysUtils,

-     OpenGL12,

-     UMusic,

-     UTexture;

-

-type

-  TWord = record

-      X:      real;

-      Y:      real;

-      Size:   real;

-      Width:  real;

-      Text:   string;

-      ColR:   real;

-      ColG:   real;

-      ColB:   real;

-      Scale:  real;

-      Done:   real;

-      FontStyle:  integer;

-      Italic:     boolean;

-      Selected:   boolean;

-  end;

-

-  TLyric = class

-    private

-      AlignI:         integer;

-      XR:             real;

-      YR:             real;

-      SizeR:          real;

-      SelectedI:      integer;

-      ScaleR:         real;

-      StyleI:         integer;          // 0 - one selection, 1 - long selection, 2 - one selection with fade to normal text, 3 - long selection with fade with color from left

-      FontStyleI:     integer;          // font number

-      Word:           array of TWord;

-

-      //Textures for PlayerIcon Index: Playernum; Index2: Enabled/Disabled

-      PlayerIconTex:  array[0..5] of array [0..1] of TTexture;

-

-      procedure SetX(Value: real);

-      procedure SetY(Value: real);

-      function GetClientX: real;

-      procedure SetAlign(Value: integer);

-      function GetSize: real;

-      procedure SetSize(Value: real);

-      procedure SetSelected(Value: integer);

-      procedure SetDone(Value: real);

-      procedure SetScale(Value: real);

-      procedure SetStyle(Value: integer);

-      procedure SetFStyle(Value: integer);

-      procedure Refresh;

-

-      procedure DrawNormal(W: integer);

-      procedure DrawPlain(W: integer);

-      procedure DrawScaled(W: integer);

-      procedure DrawSlide(W: integer);

-

-      procedure DrawPlayerIcons;

-    public

-      //Array containing Players Singing the Next Sentence

-      // 1: Player 1 Active

-      // 2: Player 2 Active

-      // 3: Player 3 Active

-      PlayersActive: Byte;

-

-      //Dark or Light Colors

-      Enabled: Boolean;

-

-      ColR:     real;

-      ColG:     real;

-      ColB:     real;

-      ColSR:    real;

-      ColSG:    real;

-      ColSB:    real;

-      Italic:   boolean;

-      Text:     string;   // LCD

-

-      constructor Create;

-      

-      procedure AddWord(Text: string);

-      procedure AddCzesc(NrCzesci: integer);

-

-      function SelectedLetter: integer;  // LCD

-      function SelectedLength: integer;  // LCD

-

-      procedure Clear;

-      procedure Draw;

-    published

-      property X: real write SetX;

-      property Y: real write SetY;

-      property ClientX: real read GetClientX;

-      property Align: integer write SetAlign;

-      property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize;

-      property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected;

-      property Done: real write SetDone;

-      property Scale: real write SetScale;

-      property Style: integer write SetStyle;

-      property FontStyle: integer write SetFStyle;

-  end;

-

-var

-  Lyric:    TLyric;

-

-implementation

-uses TextGL, UGraphic, UDrawTexture, Math, USkins;

-

-Constructor TLyric.Create;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  //Only 2 Players for now

-  For I := 0 to 1 do

-  begin

-    PlayerIconTex[I][0] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIcon_P' + InttoStr(I+1))),   'PNG', 'Transparent', 0);

-    PlayerIconTex[I][1] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIconD_P' + InttoStr(I+1))),   'PNG', 'Transparent', 0);

-  end;

-  PlayersActive := Trunc(Power(2, 1)) + 1;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetX(Value: real);

-begin

-  XR := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetY(Value: real);

-begin

-  YR := Value;

-end;

-

-function TLyric.GetClientX: real;

-begin

-  Result := Word[0].X;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetAlign(Value: integer);

-begin

-  AlignI := Value;

-//  if AlignInt = 0 then beep;

-end;

-

-function TLyric.GetSize: real;

-begin

-  Result := SizeR;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetSize(Value: real);

-begin

-  SizeR := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetSelected(Value: integer);

-var

-  W:  integer;

-begin

-  if (StyleI = 0) or (StyleI = 2) or (StyleI = 4) then begin

-    if (SelectedI > -1) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then begin

-      Word[SelectedI].Selected := false;

-      Word[SelectedI].ColR := ColR;

-      Word[SelectedI].ColG := ColG;

-      Word[SelectedI].ColB := ColB;

-      Word[SelectedI].Done := 0;

-    end;

-

-    SelectedI := Value;

-    if (Value > -1) and (Value <= High(Word)) then begin

-      Word[Value].Selected := true;

-      Word[Value].ColR := ColSR;

-      Word[Value].ColG := ColSG;

-      Word[Value].ColB := ColSB;

-      Word[Value].Scale := ScaleR;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  if (StyleI = 1) or (StyleI = 3) then begin

-    if (SelectedI > -1) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then begin

-      for W := SelectedI to High(Word) do begin

-        Word[W].Selected := false;

-        Word[W].ColR := ColR;

-        Word[W].ColG := ColG;

-        Word[W].ColB := ColB;

-        Word[W].Done := 0;

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    SelectedI := Value;

-    if (Value > -1) and (Value <= High(Word)) then begin

-      for W := 0 to Value do begin

-        Word[W].Selected := true;

-        Word[W].ColR := ColSR;

-        Word[W].ColG := ColSG;

-        Word[W].ColB := ColSB;

-        Word[W].Scale := ScaleR;

-        Word[W].Done := 1;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  Refresh;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetDone(Value: real);

-var

-  W:    integer;

-begin

-  W := SelectedI;

-  if W > -1 then

-    Word[W].Done := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetScale(Value: real);

-begin

-  ScaleR := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetStyle(Value: integer);

-begin

-  StyleI := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.SetFStyle(Value: integer);

-begin

-  FontStyleI := Value;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.AddWord(Text: string);

-var

-  WordNum:    integer;

-begin

-  WordNum := Length(Word);

-  SetLength(Word, WordNum + 1);

-  if WordNum = 0 then begin

-    Word[WordNum].X := XR;

-  end else begin

-    Word[WordNum].X := Word[WordNum - 1].X + Word[WordNum - 1].Width;

-  end;

-

-  Word[WordNum].Y := YR;

-  Word[WordNum].Size := SizeR;

-  Word[WordNum].FontStyle := FontStyleI; // new

-  SetFontStyle(FontStyleI);

-  SetFontSize(SizeR);

-  Word[WordNum].Width := glTextWidth(pchar(Text));

-  Word[WordNum].Text := Text;

-  Word[WordNum].ColR := ColR;

-  Word[WordNum].ColG := ColG;

-  Word[WordNum].ColB := ColB;

-  Word[WordNum].Scale := 1;

-  Word[WordNum].Done := 0;

-  Word[WordNum].Italic := Italic;

-

-  Refresh;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.AddCzesc(NrCzesci: integer);

-var

-  N:    integer;

-begin

-  Clear;

-  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].HighNut do begin

-    Italic := Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].FreeStyle;

-    AddWord(Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].Tekst);

-    Text := Text + Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].Tekst;

-  end;

-  Selected := -1;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.Clear;

-begin

-{  ColR := Skin_FontR;

-  ColG := Skin_FontG;

-  ColB := Skin_FontB;}

-  SetLength(Word, 0);

-  Text := '';

-  SelectedI := -1;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.Refresh;

-var

-  W:          integer;

-  TotWidth:   real;

-begin

-  if AlignI = 1 then begin

-    TotWidth := 0;

-    for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-      TotWidth := TotWidth + Word[W].Width;

-

-    Word[0].X := XR - TotWidth / 2;

-    for W := 1 to High(Word) do

-      Word[W].X := Word[W - 1].X + Word[W - 1].Width;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.DrawPlayerIcons;

-begin

-

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.Draw;

-var

-  W:    integer;

-begin

-  case StyleI of

-    0:

-      begin

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          DrawNormal(W);

-      end;

-    1:

-      begin

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          DrawPlain(W);

-      end;

-    2: // zoom

-      begin

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          if not Word[W].Selected then

-            DrawNormal(W);

-

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          if Word[W].Selected then

-            DrawScaled(W);

-      end;

-    3: // slide

-      begin

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do begin

-          if not Word[W].Selected then

-            DrawNormal(W)

-          else

-            DrawSlide(W);

-        end;

-      end;

-    4: // ball

-      begin

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          DrawNormal(W);

-

-        for W := 0 to High(Word) do

-          if Word[W].Selected then begin

-            Tex_Ball.X := (Word[W].X - 10) + Word[W].Done * Word[W].Width;

-            Tex_Ball.Y := 480 - 10*sin(Word[W].Done * pi);

-            Tex_Ball.W := 20;

-            Tex_Ball.H := 20;

-            DrawTexture(Tex_Ball);

-          end;

-      end;

-  end; // case

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.DrawNormal(W: integer);

-begin

-  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);

-  SetFontPos(Word[W].X+ 10*ScreenX, Word[W].Y);

-  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);

-  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);

-  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);

-  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text));

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.DrawPlain(W: integer);

-var

-  D:    real;

-begin

-  D := Word[W].Done; // przyrost

-

-  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);

-  SetFontPos(Word[W].X, Word[W].Y);

-  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);

-  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);

-

-  if D = 0 then

-    glColor3f(ColR, ColG, ColB)

-  else

-    glColor3f(ColSR, ColSG, ColSB);

-

-  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text));

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.DrawScaled(W: integer);

-var

-  D:    real;

-begin

-  // previous plus dynamic scaling effect

-  D := 1-Word[W].Done; // przyrost

-  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);

-  SetFontPos(Word[W].X - D * Word[W].Width * (Word[W].Scale - 1) / 2 + (D+1)*10*ScreenX, Word[W].Y - D * 1.5 * Word[W].Size *(Word[W].Scale - 1));

-  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size + D * (Word[W].Size * Word[W].Scale - Word[W].Size));

-  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);

-  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);

-  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text))

-end;

-

-procedure TLyric.DrawSlide(W: integer);

-var

-  D:    real;

-begin

-  D := Word[W].Done; // przyrost

-  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);

-  SetFontPos(Word[W].X, Word[W].Y);

-  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);

-  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);

-  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);

-  glPrintDone(pchar(Word[W].Text), D, ColR, ColG, ColB);

-end;

-

-function TLyric.SelectedLetter;  // LCD

-var

-  W:    integer;

-begin

-  Result := 1;

-

-  for W := 0 to SelectedI-1 do

-    Result := Result + Length(Word[W].Text);

-end;

-

-function TLyric.SelectedLength: integer;  // LCD

-begin

-  Result := Length(Word[SelectedI].Text);

-end;

-

-end.

+unit ULyrics_bak;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses SysUtils,
+     OpenGL12,
+     UMusic,
+     UTexture;
+
+type
+  TWord = record
+      X:      real;
+      Y:      real;
+      Size:   real;
+      Width:  real;
+      Text:   string;
+      ColR:   real;
+      ColG:   real;
+      ColB:   real;
+      Scale:  real;
+      Done:   real;
+      FontStyle:  integer;
+      Italic:     boolean;
+      Selected:   boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TLyric = class
+    private
+      AlignI:         integer;
+      XR:             real;
+      YR:             real;
+      SizeR:          real;
+      SelectedI:      integer;
+      ScaleR:         real;
+      StyleI:         integer;          // 0 - one selection, 1 - long selection, 2 - one selection with fade to normal text, 3 - long selection with fade with color from left
+      FontStyleI:     integer;          // font number
+      Word:           array of TWord;
+
+      //Textures for PlayerIcon Index: Playernum; Index2: Enabled/Disabled
+      PlayerIconTex:  array[0..5] of array [0..1] of TTexture;
+
+      procedure SetX(Value: real);
+      procedure SetY(Value: real);
+      function GetClientX: real;
+      procedure SetAlign(Value: integer);
+      function GetSize: real;
+      procedure SetSize(Value: real);
+      procedure SetSelected(Value: integer);
+      procedure SetDone(Value: real);
+      procedure SetScale(Value: real);
+      procedure SetStyle(Value: integer);
+      procedure SetFStyle(Value: integer);
+      procedure Refresh;
+
+      procedure DrawNormal(W: integer);
+      procedure DrawPlain(W: integer);
+      procedure DrawScaled(W: integer);
+      procedure DrawSlide(W: integer);
+
+      procedure DrawPlayerIcons;
+    public
+      //Array containing Players Singing the Next Sentence
+      // 1: Player 1 Active
+      // 2: Player 2 Active
+      // 3: Player 3 Active
+      PlayersActive: Byte;
+
+      //Dark or Light Colors
+      Enabled: Boolean;
+
+      ColR:     real;
+      ColG:     real;
+      ColB:     real;
+      ColSR:    real;
+      ColSG:    real;
+      ColSB:    real;
+      Italic:   boolean;
+      Text:     string;   // LCD
+
+      constructor Create;
+      
+      procedure AddWord(Text: string);
+      procedure AddCzesc(NrCzesci: integer);
+
+      function SelectedLetter: integer;  // LCD
+      function SelectedLength: integer;  // LCD
+
+      procedure Clear;
+      procedure Draw;
+    published
+      property X: real write SetX;
+      property Y: real write SetY;
+      property ClientX: real read GetClientX;
+      property Align: integer write SetAlign;
+      property Size: real read GetSize write SetSize;
+      property Selected: integer read SelectedI write SetSelected;
+      property Done: real write SetDone;
+      property Scale: real write SetScale;
+      property Style: integer write SetStyle;
+      property FontStyle: integer write SetFStyle;
+  end;
+
+var
+  Lyric:    TLyric;
+
+implementation
+uses TextGL, UGraphic, UDrawTexture, Math, USkins;
+
+Constructor TLyric.Create;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  //Only 2 Players for now
+  For I := 0 to 1 do
+  begin
+    PlayerIconTex[I][0] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIcon_P' + InttoStr(I+1))),   'PNG', 'Transparent', 0);
+    PlayerIconTex[I][1] := Texture.LoadTexture(pchar(Skin.GetTextureFileName('LyricIconD_P' + InttoStr(I+1))),   'PNG', 'Transparent', 0);
+  end;
+  PlayersActive := Trunc(Power(2, 1)) + 1;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetX(Value: real);
+begin
+  XR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetY(Value: real);
+begin
+  YR := Value;
+end;
+
+function TLyric.GetClientX: real;
+begin
+  Result := Word[0].X;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetAlign(Value: integer);
+begin
+  AlignI := Value;
+//  if AlignInt = 0 then beep;
+end;
+
+function TLyric.GetSize: real;
+begin
+  Result := SizeR;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetSize(Value: real);
+begin
+  SizeR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetSelected(Value: integer);
+var
+  W:  integer;
+begin
+  if (StyleI = 0) or (StyleI = 2) or (StyleI = 4) then begin
+    if (SelectedI > -1) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then begin
+      Word[SelectedI].Selected := false;
+      Word[SelectedI].ColR := ColR;
+      Word[SelectedI].ColG := ColG;
+      Word[SelectedI].ColB := ColB;
+      Word[SelectedI].Done := 0;
+    end;
+
+    SelectedI := Value;
+    if (Value > -1) and (Value <= High(Word)) then begin
+      Word[Value].Selected := true;
+      Word[Value].ColR := ColSR;
+      Word[Value].ColG := ColSG;
+      Word[Value].ColB := ColSB;
+      Word[Value].Scale := ScaleR;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  if (StyleI = 1) or (StyleI = 3) then begin
+    if (SelectedI > -1) and (SelectedI <= High(Word)) then begin
+      for W := SelectedI to High(Word) do begin
+        Word[W].Selected := false;
+        Word[W].ColR := ColR;
+        Word[W].ColG := ColG;
+        Word[W].ColB := ColB;
+        Word[W].Done := 0;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    SelectedI := Value;
+    if (Value > -1) and (Value <= High(Word)) then begin
+      for W := 0 to Value do begin
+        Word[W].Selected := true;
+        Word[W].ColR := ColSR;
+        Word[W].ColG := ColSG;
+        Word[W].ColB := ColSB;
+        Word[W].Scale := ScaleR;
+        Word[W].Done := 1;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetDone(Value: real);
+var
+  W:    integer;
+begin
+  W := SelectedI;
+  if W > -1 then
+    Word[W].Done := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetScale(Value: real);
+begin
+  ScaleR := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetStyle(Value: integer);
+begin
+  StyleI := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.SetFStyle(Value: integer);
+begin
+  FontStyleI := Value;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.AddWord(Text: string);
+var
+  WordNum:    integer;
+begin
+  WordNum := Length(Word);
+  SetLength(Word, WordNum + 1);
+  if WordNum = 0 then begin
+    Word[WordNum].X := XR;
+  end else begin
+    Word[WordNum].X := Word[WordNum - 1].X + Word[WordNum - 1].Width;
+  end;
+
+  Word[WordNum].Y := YR;
+  Word[WordNum].Size := SizeR;
+  Word[WordNum].FontStyle := FontStyleI; // new
+  SetFontStyle(FontStyleI);
+  SetFontSize(SizeR);
+  Word[WordNum].Width := glTextWidth(pchar(Text));
+  Word[WordNum].Text := Text;
+  Word[WordNum].ColR := ColR;
+  Word[WordNum].ColG := ColG;
+  Word[WordNum].ColB := ColB;
+  Word[WordNum].Scale := 1;
+  Word[WordNum].Done := 0;
+  Word[WordNum].Italic := Italic;
+
+  Refresh;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.AddCzesc(NrCzesci: integer);
+var
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  Clear;
+  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].HighNut do begin
+    Italic := Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].FreeStyle;
+    AddWord(Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].Tekst);
+    Text := Text + Czesci[0].Czesc[NrCzesci].Nuta[N].Tekst;
+  end;
+  Selected := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.Clear;
+begin
+{  ColR := Skin_FontR;
+  ColG := Skin_FontG;
+  ColB := Skin_FontB;}
+  SetLength(Word, 0);
+  Text := '';
+  SelectedI := -1;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.Refresh;
+var
+  W:          integer;
+  TotWidth:   real;
+begin
+  if AlignI = 1 then begin
+    TotWidth := 0;
+    for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+      TotWidth := TotWidth + Word[W].Width;
+
+    Word[0].X := XR - TotWidth / 2;
+    for W := 1 to High(Word) do
+      Word[W].X := Word[W - 1].X + Word[W - 1].Width;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.DrawPlayerIcons;
+begin
+
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.Draw;
+var
+  W:    integer;
+begin
+  case StyleI of
+    0:
+      begin
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          DrawNormal(W);
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          DrawPlain(W);
+      end;
+    2: // zoom
+      begin
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          if not Word[W].Selected then
+            DrawNormal(W);
+
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          if Word[W].Selected then
+            DrawScaled(W);
+      end;
+    3: // slide
+      begin
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do begin
+          if not Word[W].Selected then
+            DrawNormal(W)
+          else
+            DrawSlide(W);
+        end;
+      end;
+    4: // ball
+      begin
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          DrawNormal(W);
+
+        for W := 0 to High(Word) do
+          if Word[W].Selected then begin
+            Tex_Ball.X := (Word[W].X - 10) + Word[W].Done * Word[W].Width;
+            Tex_Ball.Y := 480 - 10*sin(Word[W].Done * pi);
+            Tex_Ball.W := 20;
+            Tex_Ball.H := 20;
+            DrawTexture(Tex_Ball);
+          end;
+      end;
+  end; // case
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.DrawNormal(W: integer);
+begin
+  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);
+  SetFontPos(Word[W].X+ 10*ScreenX, Word[W].Y);
+  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);
+  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);
+  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);
+  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text));
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.DrawPlain(W: integer);
+var
+  D:    real;
+begin
+  D := Word[W].Done; // przyrost
+
+  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);
+  SetFontPos(Word[W].X, Word[W].Y);
+  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);
+  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);
+
+  if D = 0 then
+    glColor3f(ColR, ColG, ColB)
+  else
+    glColor3f(ColSR, ColSG, ColSB);
+
+  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text));
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.DrawScaled(W: integer);
+var
+  D:    real;
+begin
+  // previous plus dynamic scaling effect
+  D := 1-Word[W].Done; // przyrost
+  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);
+  SetFontPos(Word[W].X - D * Word[W].Width * (Word[W].Scale - 1) / 2 + (D+1)*10*ScreenX, Word[W].Y - D * 1.5 * Word[W].Size *(Word[W].Scale - 1));
+  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size + D * (Word[W].Size * Word[W].Scale - Word[W].Size));
+  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);
+  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);
+  glPrint(pchar(Word[W].Text))
+end;
+
+procedure TLyric.DrawSlide(W: integer);
+var
+  D:    real;
+begin
+  D := Word[W].Done; // przyrost
+  SetFontStyle(Word[W].FontStyle);
+  SetFontPos(Word[W].X, Word[W].Y);
+  SetFontSize(Word[W].Size);
+  SetFontItalic(Word[W].Italic);
+  glColor3f(Word[W].ColR, Word[W].ColG, Word[W].ColB);
+  glPrintDone(pchar(Word[W].Text), D, ColR, ColG, ColB);
+end;
+
+function TLyric.SelectedLetter;  // LCD
+var
+  W:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := 1;
+
+  for W := 0 to SelectedI-1 do
+    Result := Result + Length(Word[W].Text);
+end;
+
+function TLyric.SelectedLength: integer;  // LCD
+begin
+  Result := Length(Word[SelectedI].Text);
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UMain.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UMain.pas
index 80305b35..d3b65e2f 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UMain.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UMain.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UMain;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
@@ -141,7 +145,7 @@ uses USongs, UJoystick, math, UCommandLine, ULanguage, SDL_ttf,
 const
   Version = 'UltraStar Deluxe V 1.10 Alpha Build';
 
-{$IFDEF WIN32}
+//{$IFDEF WIN32}
 Procedure Main;
 var
   WndTitle: string;
@@ -401,7 +405,7 @@ begin
   Log.Free;
 
 end;
-{$ENDIF}
+//{$ENDIF}
 
 procedure MainLoop;
 var
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UMedia_dummy.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UMedia_dummy.pas
index 37e311af..0c788677 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UMedia_dummy.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UMedia_dummy.pas
@@ -12,6 +12,10 @@ unit UMedia_dummy;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 implementation
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UMusic.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UMusic.pas
index e2d2cc60..3fc1136b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UMusic.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UMusic.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UMusic;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses Classes ;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UParty.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UParty.pas
index 4f351dc5..36a40858 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UParty.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UParty.pas
@@ -1,376 +1,381 @@
-unit UParty;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses ModiSDK;

-

-type

-  TRoundInfo = record

-    Plugin: Word;

-    Winner: Byte;

-  end;

-

-  TeamOrderEntry = record

-    Teamnum: Byte;

-    Score: Byte;

-  end;

-

-  TeamOrderArray = Array[0..5] of Byte;

-

-  TParty_Session = class

-  private

-    function GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;

-    function IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;

-    procedure GenScores;

-  public

-    Teams: TTeamInfo;

-    Rounds: array of TRoundInfo;

-    CurRound: Byte;

-

-    constructor Create;

-

-    procedure StartNewParty(NumRounds: Byte);

-    procedure StartRound;

-    procedure EndRound;

-    function  GetTeamOrder: TeamOrderArray;

-    function  GetWinnerString(Round: Byte): String;

-  end;

-

-var

-  PartySession: TParty_Session;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UDLLManager, UGraphic, UMain, ULanguage, ULog;

-

-//----------

-//Constructor -  Prepares the Class

-//----------

-constructor TParty_Session.Create;

-begin

-// - Nothing in here atm

-end;

-

-//----------

-//StartNewParty - Clears the Class and Prepares for new Party

-//----------

-procedure TParty_Session.StartNewParty(NumRounds: Byte);

-var

-  Plugins: Array of record

-    ID: Byte;

-    TimesPlayed: Byte;

-  end;

-  TeamMode: Boolean;

-  Len:  Integer;

-  I, J:  Integer;

-

-  function GetRandomPlugin: Byte;

-  var

-    LowestTP: Byte;

-    NumPwithLTP: Word;

-    I: Integer;

-    R: Word;

-  begin

-    LowestTP := high(Byte);

-    NumPwithLTP := 0;

-

-    //Search for Plugins not often played yet

-    For I := 0 to high(Plugins) do

-    begin

-      if (Plugins[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then

-      begin

-        lowestTP := Plugins[I].TimesPlayed;

-        NumPwithLTP := 1;

-      end

-      else if (Plugins[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then

-      begin

-        Inc(NumPwithLTP);

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    //Create Random No

-    R := Random(NumPwithLTP);

-

-    //Search for Random Plugin

-    For I := 0 to high(Plugins) do

-    begin

-      if Plugins[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then

-      begin

-        //Plugin Found

-        if (R = 0) then

-        begin

-          Result := Plugins[I].ID;

-          Inc(Plugins[I].TimesPlayed);

-          Break;

-        end;

-        

-        Dec(R);

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-begin

-  //Set cur Round to Round 1

-  CurRound := 255;

-

-  PlayersPlay := Teams.NumTeams;

-

-  //Get Teammode and Set Joker, also set TimesPlayed

-  TeamMode := True;

-  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-  begin

-    if Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers < 2 then

-    begin

-      TeamMode := False;

-    end;

-    //Set Player Attributes

-    For J := 0 to Teams.TeamInfo[I].NumPlayers-1 do

-    begin

-      Teams.TeamInfo[I].Playerinfo[J].TimesPlayed := 0;

-    end;

-    Teams.Teaminfo[I].Joker := Round(NumRounds*0.7);

-    Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score := 0;

-  end;

-

-  //Fill Plugin Array

-  SetLength(Plugins, 0);

-  For I := 0 to high(DLLMan.Plugins) do

-  begin

-    if TeamMode or (Not DLLMan.Plugins[I].TeamModeOnly)  then

-    begin //Add only Plugins Playable with cur. PlayerConfiguration

-      Len := Length(Plugins);

-      SetLength(Plugins, Len + 1);

-      Plugins[Len].ID := I;

-      Plugins[Len].TimesPlayed := 0;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  //Set Rounds

-  If (Length(Plugins) >= 1) then

-  begin

-    SetLength (Rounds, NumRounds);

-    For I := 0 to NumRounds-1 do

-    begin

-      PartySession.Rounds[I].Plugin := GetRandomPlugin;

-      PartySession.Rounds[I].Winner := 255;

-    end;

-  end

-  else SetLength (Rounds, 0);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GetRandomPlayer - Gives back a Random Player to Play next Round

-//----------

-function TParty_Session.GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;

-var

-  I, R: Integer;

-  lowestTP: Byte;

-  NumPwithLTP: Byte;

-begin

-    LowestTP := high(Byte);

-    NumPwithLTP := 0;

-    Result := 0;

-

-    //Search for Players that have not often played yet

-    For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do

-    begin

-      if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then

-      begin

-        lowestTP := Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed;

-        NumPwithLTP := 1;

-      end

-      else if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then

-      begin

-        Inc(NumPwithLTP);

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    //Create Random No

-    R := Random(NumPwithLTP);

-

-    //Search for Random Player

-    For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do

-    begin

-      if Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then

-      begin

-        //Player Found

-        if (R = 0) then

-        begin

-          Result := I;

-          Break;

-        end;

-        

-        Dec(R);

-      end;

-    end;

-  {//Get lowest TimesPlayed

-  lowestTP := high(Byte);

-  J := -1;

-  for I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do

-  begin

-    if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then

-    begin

-      lowestTP := Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed;

-      J := I;

-    end

-    else if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then

-    begin

-      J := -1;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  //If more than one Person has lowestTP then Select Random Player

-  if (J < 0) then

-    repeat

-      Result := Random(Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers);

-    until (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[Result].TimesPlayed = lowestTP)

-  else //Else Select the one with lowest TP

-    Result:= J;}

-end;

-

-//----------

-//StartNextRound - Prepares ScreenSingModi for Next Round And Load Plugin

-//----------

-procedure TParty_Session.StartRound;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  if ((CurRound < high(Rounds)) OR (CurRound = high(CurRound))) then

-  begin

-    //Increase Current Round

-    Inc (CurRound);

-

-    Rounds[CurRound].Winner := 255;

-    DllMan.LoadPlugin(Rounds[CurRound].Plugin);

-

-    //Select Players

-    for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-      Teams.Teaminfo[I].CurPlayer := GetRandomPlayer(I);

-

-    //Set ScreenSingModie Variables

-    ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo := Teams;

-

-    //Set 

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//IsWinner - Returns True if the Players Bit is set in the Winner Byte

-//----------

-function TParty_Session.IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;

-var

-  Bit: Byte;

-begin

-  Case Player of

-    0: Bit := 1;

-    1: Bit := 2;

-    2: Bit := 4;

-    3: Bit := 8;

-    4: Bit := 16;

-    5: Bit := 32;

-  end;

-

-  Result := ((Winner AND Bit) = Bit);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GenScores - Inc Scores for Cur. Round

-//----------

-procedure TParty_Session.GenScores;

-var

-  I: Byte;

-begin

-  for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-  begin

-    if isWinner(I, Rounds[CurRound].Winner) then

-      Inc(Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GetWinnerString - Get String with WinnerTeam Name, when there is more than one Winner than Connect with and or ,

-//----------

-function  TParty_Session.GetWinnerString(Round: Byte): String;

-var

-  Winners: Array of String;

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOBODY');

-  

-  if (Round > High(Rounds)) then

-    exit;

-

-  if (Rounds[Round].Winner = 0) then

-  begin

-    exit;

-  end;

-

-  if (Rounds[Round].Winner = 255) then

-  begin

-    Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOTPLAYEDYET');

-    exit;

-  end;

-

-  SetLength(Winners, 0);

-  for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-  begin

-    if isWinner(I, Rounds[Round].Winner) then

-    begin

-      SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1);

-      Winners[high(Winners)] := Teams.TeamInfo[I].Name;

-    end;

-  end;

-  Result := Language.Implode(Winners);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//EndRound - Get Winner from ScreenSingModi and Save Data to RoundArray

-//----------

-procedure TParty_Session.EndRound;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  //Copy Winner

-  Rounds[CurRound].Winner := ScreenSingModi.Winner;

-  //Set Scores

-  GenScores;

-

-  //Increase TimesPlayed 4 all Players

-  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-    Inc(Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[Teams.Teaminfo[I].CurPlayer].TimesPlayed);

-

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GetTeamOrder - Gives back the Placing of eacb Team [First Position of Array is Teamnum of first placed Team, ...]

-//----------

-function TParty_Session.GetTeamOrder: TeamOrderArray;

-var

-  I, J: Integer;

-  ATeams: array [0..5] of TeamOrderEntry;

-  TempTeam: TeamOrderEntry;

-begin

-  //Fill Team Array

-  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-  begin

-    ATeams[I].Teamnum := I;

-    ATeams[I].Score := Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score;

-  end;

-

-  //Sort Teams

-  for J := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-    for I := 1 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-      if ATeams[I].Score > ATeams[I-1].Score then

-      begin

-        TempTeam    := ATeams[I-1];

-        ATeams[I-1] := ATeams[I];

-        ATeams[I]   := TempTeam;

-      end;

-

-  //Copy to Result

-  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do

-    Result[I] := ATeams[I].TeamNum;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UParty;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses ModiSDK;
+
+type
+  TRoundInfo = record
+    Plugin: Word;
+    Winner: Byte;
+  end;
+
+  TeamOrderEntry = record
+    Teamnum: Byte;
+    Score: Byte;
+  end;
+
+  TeamOrderArray = Array[0..5] of Byte;
+
+  TParty_Session = class
+  private
+    function GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;
+    function IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;
+    procedure GenScores;
+  public
+    Teams: TTeamInfo;
+    Rounds: array of TRoundInfo;
+    CurRound: Byte;
+
+    constructor Create;
+
+    procedure StartNewParty(NumRounds: Byte);
+    procedure StartRound;
+    procedure EndRound;
+    function  GetTeamOrder: TeamOrderArray;
+    function  GetWinnerString(Round: Byte): String;
+  end;
+
+var
+  PartySession: TParty_Session;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UDLLManager, UGraphic, UMain, ULanguage, ULog;
+
+//----------
+//Constructor -  Prepares the Class
+//----------
+constructor TParty_Session.Create;
+begin
+// - Nothing in here atm
+end;
+
+//----------
+//StartNewParty - Clears the Class and Prepares for new Party
+//----------
+procedure TParty_Session.StartNewParty(NumRounds: Byte);
+var
+  Plugins: Array of record
+    ID: Byte;
+    TimesPlayed: Byte;
+  end;
+  TeamMode: Boolean;
+  Len:  Integer;
+  I, J:  Integer;
+
+  function GetRandomPlugin: Byte;
+  var
+    LowestTP: Byte;
+    NumPwithLTP: Word;
+    I: Integer;
+    R: Word;
+  begin
+    LowestTP := high(Byte);
+    NumPwithLTP := 0;
+
+    //Search for Plugins not often played yet
+    For I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
+    begin
+      if (Plugins[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        lowestTP := Plugins[I].TimesPlayed;
+        NumPwithLTP := 1;
+      end
+      else if (Plugins[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    //Create Random No
+    R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+    //Search for Random Plugin
+    For I := 0 to high(Plugins) do
+    begin
+      if Plugins[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then
+      begin
+        //Plugin Found
+        if (R = 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := Plugins[I].ID;
+          Inc(Plugins[I].TimesPlayed);
+          Break;
+        end;
+        
+        Dec(R);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+begin
+  //Set cur Round to Round 1
+  CurRound := 255;
+
+  PlayersPlay := Teams.NumTeams;
+
+  //Get Teammode and Set Joker, also set TimesPlayed
+  TeamMode := True;
+  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    if Teams.Teaminfo[I].NumPlayers < 2 then
+    begin
+      TeamMode := False;
+    end;
+    //Set Player Attributes
+    For J := 0 to Teams.TeamInfo[I].NumPlayers-1 do
+    begin
+      Teams.TeamInfo[I].Playerinfo[J].TimesPlayed := 0;
+    end;
+    Teams.Teaminfo[I].Joker := Round(NumRounds*0.7);
+    Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score := 0;
+  end;
+
+  //Fill Plugin Array
+  SetLength(Plugins, 0);
+  For I := 0 to high(DLLMan.Plugins) do
+  begin
+    if TeamMode or (Not DLLMan.Plugins[I].TeamModeOnly)  then
+    begin //Add only Plugins Playable with cur. PlayerConfiguration
+      Len := Length(Plugins);
+      SetLength(Plugins, Len + 1);
+      Plugins[Len].ID := I;
+      Plugins[Len].TimesPlayed := 0;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //Set Rounds
+  If (Length(Plugins) >= 1) then
+  begin
+    SetLength (Rounds, NumRounds);
+    For I := 0 to NumRounds-1 do
+    begin
+      PartySession.Rounds[I].Plugin := GetRandomPlugin;
+      PartySession.Rounds[I].Winner := 255;
+    end;
+  end
+  else SetLength (Rounds, 0);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetRandomPlayer - Gives back a Random Player to Play next Round
+//----------
+function TParty_Session.GetRandomPlayer(Team: Byte): Byte;
+var
+  I, R: Integer;
+  lowestTP: Byte;
+  NumPwithLTP: Byte;
+begin
+    LowestTP := high(Byte);
+    NumPwithLTP := 0;
+    Result := 0;
+
+    //Search for Players that have not often played yet
+    For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do
+    begin
+      if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        lowestTP := Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed;
+        NumPwithLTP := 1;
+      end
+      else if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then
+      begin
+        Inc(NumPwithLTP);
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    //Create Random No
+    R := Random(NumPwithLTP);
+
+    //Search for Random Player
+    For I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do
+    begin
+      if Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP then
+      begin
+        //Player Found
+        if (R = 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := I;
+          Break;
+        end;
+        
+        Dec(R);
+      end;
+    end;
+  {//Get lowest TimesPlayed
+  lowestTP := high(Byte);
+  J := -1;
+  for I := 0 to Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers-1 do
+  begin
+    if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed < lowestTP) then
+    begin
+      lowestTP := Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed;
+      J := I;
+    end
+    else if (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[I].TimesPlayed = lowestTP) then
+    begin
+      J := -1;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //If more than one Person has lowestTP then Select Random Player
+  if (J < 0) then
+    repeat
+      Result := Random(Teams.Teaminfo[Team].NumPlayers);
+    until (Teams.Teaminfo[Team].Playerinfo[Result].TimesPlayed = lowestTP)
+  else //Else Select the one with lowest TP
+    Result:= J;}
+end;
+
+//----------
+//StartNextRound - Prepares ScreenSingModi for Next Round And Load Plugin
+//----------
+procedure TParty_Session.StartRound;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if ((CurRound < high(Rounds)) OR (CurRound = high(CurRound))) then
+  begin
+    //Increase Current Round
+    Inc (CurRound);
+
+    Rounds[CurRound].Winner := 255;
+    DllMan.LoadPlugin(Rounds[CurRound].Plugin);
+
+    //Select Players
+    for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+      Teams.Teaminfo[I].CurPlayer := GetRandomPlayer(I);
+
+    //Set ScreenSingModie Variables
+    ScreenSingModi.TeamInfo := Teams;
+
+    //Set 
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//IsWinner - Returns True if the Players Bit is set in the Winner Byte
+//----------
+function TParty_Session.IsWinner(Player, Winner: Byte): boolean;
+var
+  Bit: Byte;
+begin
+  Case Player of
+    0: Bit := 1;
+    1: Bit := 2;
+    2: Bit := 4;
+    3: Bit := 8;
+    4: Bit := 16;
+    5: Bit := 32;
+  end;
+
+  Result := ((Winner AND Bit) = Bit);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GenScores - Inc Scores for Cur. Round
+//----------
+procedure TParty_Session.GenScores;
+var
+  I: Byte;
+begin
+  for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    if isWinner(I, Rounds[CurRound].Winner) then
+      Inc(Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetWinnerString - Get String with WinnerTeam Name, when there is more than one Winner than Connect with and or ,
+//----------
+function  TParty_Session.GetWinnerString(Round: Byte): String;
+var
+  Winners: Array of String;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOBODY');
+  
+  if (Round > High(Rounds)) then
+    exit;
+
+  if (Rounds[Round].Winner = 0) then
+  begin
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  if (Rounds[Round].Winner = 255) then
+  begin
+    Result := Language.Translate('PARTY_NOTPLAYEDYET');
+    exit;
+  end;
+
+  SetLength(Winners, 0);
+  for I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    if isWinner(I, Rounds[Round].Winner) then
+    begin
+      SetLength(Winners, Length(Winners) + 1);
+      Winners[high(Winners)] := Teams.TeamInfo[I].Name;
+    end;
+  end;
+  Result := Language.Implode(Winners);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//EndRound - Get Winner from ScreenSingModi and Save Data to RoundArray
+//----------
+procedure TParty_Session.EndRound;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  //Copy Winner
+  Rounds[CurRound].Winner := ScreenSingModi.Winner;
+  //Set Scores
+  GenScores;
+
+  //Increase TimesPlayed 4 all Players
+  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+    Inc(Teams.Teaminfo[I].Playerinfo[Teams.Teaminfo[I].CurPlayer].TimesPlayed);
+
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetTeamOrder - Gives back the Placing of eacb Team [First Position of Array is Teamnum of first placed Team, ...]
+//----------
+function TParty_Session.GetTeamOrder: TeamOrderArray;
+var
+  I, J: Integer;
+  ATeams: array [0..5] of TeamOrderEntry;
+  TempTeam: TeamOrderEntry;
+begin
+  //Fill Team Array
+  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+  begin
+    ATeams[I].Teamnum := I;
+    ATeams[I].Score := Teams.Teaminfo[I].Score;
+  end;
+
+  //Sort Teams
+  for J := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+    for I := 1 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+      if ATeams[I].Score > ATeams[I-1].Score then
+      begin
+        TempTeam    := ATeams[I-1];
+        ATeams[I-1] := ATeams[I];
+        ATeams[I]   := TempTeam;
+      end;
+
+  //Copy to Result
+  For I := 0 to Teams.NumTeams-1 do
+    Result[I] := ATeams[I].TeamNum;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UPlaylist.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UPlaylist.pas
index b18d4833..8d981065 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UPlaylist.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UPlaylist.pas
@@ -1,463 +1,467 @@
-unit UPlaylist;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-               

-

-type

-  TPlaylistItem = record

-    Artist: String;

-    Title:  String;

-    SongID: Integer;

-  end;

-

-  APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem;

-

-  TPlaylist = record

-    Name:     String;

-    Filename: String;

-    Items:    APlaylistItem;

-  end;

-

-  APlaylist = array of TPlaylist;

-

-  //----------

-  //TPlaylistManager - Class for Managing Playlists (Loading, Displaying, Saving)

-  //----------

-  TPlaylistManager = class

-    private

-

-    public

-      Mode:         Byte;     //Current Playlist Mode for SongScreen

-      CurPlayList:  Cardinal;

-      CurItem:      Cardinal;

-

-      Playlists:    APlaylist;

-

-      constructor Create;

-      Procedure   LoadPlayLists;

-      Function    LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;

-      Procedure   SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);

-

-      Procedure   SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);

-

-      Function    AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;

-      Procedure   DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);

-

-      Procedure   AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);

-      Procedure   DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);

-

-      Procedure   GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);

-      Function    GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;

-    end;

-

-    {Modes:

-      0: Standard Mode

-      1: Category Mode

-      2: PlayList Mode}

-

-  var

-    PlayListMan:  TPlaylistManager;

-

-

-implementation

-

-uses USongs,

-     ULog,

-     UMain,

-     //UFiles,

-     UGraphic,

-     UThemes,

-     SysUtils;

-

-//----------

-//Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now

-//----------

-constructor TPlayListManager.Create;

-begin

-  LoadPlayLists;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//LoadPlayLists - Load list of Playlists from PlayList Folder

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists;

-var

-  SR:   TSearchRec;

-  Len:  Integer;

-begin

-  SetLength(Playlists, 0);

-

-  if FindFirst(PlayListPath + '*.upl', 0, SR) = 0 then

-  begin

-    repeat

-      Len := Length(Playlists);

-      SetLength(Playlists, Len +1);

-

-      if not LoadPlayList (Len, Sr.Name) then

-        SetLength(Playlists, Len);

-

-    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;

-    FindClose(SR);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array

-//----------

-Function    TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;

-  var

-    F: TextFile;

-    Line: String;

-    PosDelimiter: Integer;

-    SongID: Integer;

-    Len: Integer;

-

-  Function FindSong(Artist, Title: String): Integer;

-  var I: Integer;

-  begin

-    Result := -1;

-

-    For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-    begin

-      if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) AND (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then

-      begin

-        Result := I;

-        Break;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-begin

-  if not FileExists(PlayListPath + Filename) then

-  begin

-    Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + Filename);

-    Result := False;

-    Exit;

-  end;

-  Result := True;

-

-  //Load File

-  AssignFile(F, PlayListPath + FileName);

-  Reset(F);

-

-  //Set Filename

-  PlayLists[Index].Filename := Filename;

-  PlayLists[Index].Name := '';

-

-  //Read Until End of File

-  While not Eof(F) do

-  begin

-    //Read Curent Line

-    Readln(F, Line);

-

-    if (Length(Line) > 0) then

-    begin

-    PosDelimiter := Pos(':', Line);

-      if (PosDelimiter  <> 0) then

-      begin

-        //Comment or Name String

-        if (Line[1] = '#') then

-        begin

-          //Found Name Value

-          if (Uppercase(Trim(copy(Line, 2, PosDelimiter - 2))) = 'NAME') then

-            PlayLists[Index].Name := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1,Length(Line) - PosDelimiter))

-            

-        end

-        //Song Entry

-        else

-        begin

-          SongID := FindSong(Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1)), Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter)));

-          if (SongID <> -1) then

-          begin

-            Len := Length(PlayLists[Index].Items);

-            SetLength(PlayLists[Index].Items, Len + 1);

-

-            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].SongID := SongID;

-

-            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1));

-            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title  := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter));

-          end

-          else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename + ', ' + Line);

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  //If no special name is given, use Filename

-  if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then

-  begin

-    PlayLists[Index].Name := ChangeFileExt(FileName, '');

-  end;

-

-  //Finish (Close File)

-  CloseFile(F);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//SavePlayList - Saves the specified Playlist

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);

-var

-  F: TextFile;

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  if (Not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) OR (Not FileisReadOnly(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) then

-  begin

-

-    //open File for Rewriting

-    AssignFile(F, PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename);

-    try

-      try

-        Rewrite(F);

-

-        //Write Version (not nessecary but helpful)

-        WriteLn(F, '######################################');

-        WriteLn(F, '#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');

-        WriteLn(F, '#Playlist "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '" with ' + InttoStr(Length(Playlists[Index].Items)) + ' Songs.');

-        WriteLn(F, '######################################');

-

-        //Write Name Information

-        WriteLn(F, '#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);

-

-        //Write Song Information

-        WriteLn(F, '#Songs:');

-

-        For I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do

-        begin

-          WriteLn(F, Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);

-        end;

-      except

-        log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');

-      end;

-    finally

-      CloseFile(F);

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//SetPlayList - Display a Playlist in CatSongs

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);

-var

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  If (Index > High(PlayLists)) then

-    exit;

-

-  //Hide all Songs

-  For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-     CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False;

-

-  //Show Songs in PL

-  For I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do

-  begin

-    CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True;

-  end;

-

-  //Set CatSongsMode + Playlist Mode

-  CatSongs.CatNumShow := -3;

-  Mode := 2;

-

-  //Set CurPlaylist

-  CurPlaylist := Index;

-

-  //Show Cat in Topleft:

-  ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.Playlist.CatText,[Playlists[Index].Name]));

-

-  //Fix SongSelection

-  ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;

-  ScreenSong.SelectNext;

-  ScreenSong.FixSelected;

-

-  //Play correct Music

-  ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index

-//----------

-Function    TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;

-var I: Integer;

-begin

-  Result := Length(Playlists);

-  SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1);

-

-  Playlists[Result].Name      := Name;

-

-  I := 1;

-

-  if (not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + '.upl')) then

-    Playlists[Result].Filename  := Name + '.upl'

-  else

-  begin

-    repeat

-      Inc(I);

-    until not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');

-    Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl';

-  end;

-

-  //Save new Playlist

-  SavePlayList(Result);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  Filename: String;

-begin

-  If Index > High(Playlists) then

-    Exit;

-

-  Filename := PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename;

-

-  //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit

-  If (Not FileExists(Filename)) OR (FileisReadOnly(Filename)) then

-    Exit;

-

-

-  //Delete Playlist from FileSystem

-  if Not DeleteFile(Filename) then

-    Exit;

-

-  //Delete Playlist from Array

-  //move all PLs to the Hole

-  For I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do

-    PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1];

-

-  //Delete last Playlist

-  SetLength (Playlists, High(Playlists));

-

-  //If Playlist is Displayed atm

-  //-> Display Songs

-  if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (Index = CurPlaylist) then

-  begin

-    ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;

-    ScreenSong.HideCatTL;

-    CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);

-    ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;

-    ScreenSong.FixSelected;

-    ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//AddItem - Adds an Item to a specific Playlist

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);

-var

-  P: Cardinal;

-  Len: Cardinal;

-begin

-  if iPlaylist = -1 then

-    P := CurPlaylist

-  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then

-    P := iPlaylist

-  else

-    exit;

-

-  if (SongID <= High(CatSongs.Song)) AND (NOT CatSongs.Song[SongID].Main) then

-  begin

-    Len := Length(Playlists[P].Items);

-    SetLength(Playlists[P].Items, Len + 1);

-

-    Playlists[P].Items[Len].SongID  := SongID;

-    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Title   := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Title;

-    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Artist  := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Artist;

-

-    //Save Changes

-    SavePlayList(P);

-

-    //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist

-    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then

-      SetPlaylist(P);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//DelItem - Deletes an Item from a specific Playlist

-//----------

-Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  P: Cardinal;

-begin

-  if iPlaylist = -1 then

-    P := CurPlaylist

-  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then

-    P := iPlaylist

-  else

-    exit;

-

-  if (iItem <= high(Playlists[P].Items)) then

-  begin

-    //Move all entrys behind deleted one to Front

-    For I := iItem to High(Playlists[P].Items) - 1 do

-      Playlists[P].Items[I] := Playlists[P].Items[I + 1];

-

-    //Delete Last Entry

-    SetLength(PlayLists[P].Items, Length(PlayLists[P].Items) - 1);

-

-    //Save Changes

-    SavePlayList(P);

-  end;

-

-  //Delete Playlist if Last Song is deleted

-  if (Length(PlayLists[P].Items) = 0) then

-  begin

-    DelPlaylist(P);

-  end

-  //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist

-  else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then

-    SetPlaylist(P);

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array

-//----------

-Procedure    TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  Len: Integer;

-begin

-  Len := High(Playlists);

-  

-  if (Length(PLNames) <> Len + 1) then

-    exit;

-

-  For I := 0 to Len do

-    PLNames[I] := Playlists[I].Name;

-end;

-

-//----------

-//GetIndexbySongID - Returns Index in the specified Playlist of the given Song

-//----------

-Function    TPlayListManager.GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer): Integer;

-var

-  P: Integer;

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  if iPlaylist = -1 then

-    P := CurPlaylist

-  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then

-    P := iPlaylist

-  else

-    exit;

-

-  Result := -1;

-

-  For I := 0 to high(Playlists[P].Items) do

-  begin

-    if (Playlists[P].Items[I].SongID = SongID) then

-    begin

-      Result := I;

-      Break;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UPlaylist;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+               
+
+type
+  TPlaylistItem = record
+    Artist: String;
+    Title:  String;
+    SongID: Integer;
+  end;
+
+  APlaylistItem = array of TPlaylistItem;
+
+  TPlaylist = record
+    Name:     String;
+    Filename: String;
+    Items:    APlaylistItem;
+  end;
+
+  APlaylist = array of TPlaylist;
+
+  //----------
+  //TPlaylistManager - Class for Managing Playlists (Loading, Displaying, Saving)
+  //----------
+  TPlaylistManager = class
+    private
+
+    public
+      Mode:         Byte;     //Current Playlist Mode for SongScreen
+      CurPlayList:  Cardinal;
+      CurItem:      Cardinal;
+
+      Playlists:    APlaylist;
+
+      constructor Create;
+      Procedure   LoadPlayLists;
+      Function    LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
+      Procedure   SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+      Procedure   SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+
+      Function    AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
+      Procedure   DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+
+      Procedure   AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+      Procedure   DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1);
+
+      Procedure   GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
+      Function    GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer = -1): Integer;
+    end;
+
+    {Modes:
+      0: Standard Mode
+      1: Category Mode
+      2: PlayList Mode}
+
+  var
+    PlayListMan:  TPlaylistManager;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses USongs,
+     ULog,
+     UMain,
+     //UFiles,
+     UGraphic,
+     UThemes,
+     SysUtils;
+
+//----------
+//Create - Construct Class - Dummy for now
+//----------
+constructor TPlayListManager.Create;
+begin
+  LoadPlayLists;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayLists - Load list of Playlists from PlayList Folder
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.LoadPlayLists;
+var
+  SR:   TSearchRec;
+  Len:  Integer;
+begin
+  SetLength(Playlists, 0);
+
+  if FindFirst(PlayListPath + '*.upl', 0, SR) = 0 then
+  begin
+    repeat
+      Len := Length(Playlists);
+      SetLength(Playlists, Len +1);
+
+      if not LoadPlayList (Len, Sr.Name) then
+        SetLength(Playlists, Len);
+
+    until FindNext(SR) <> 0;
+    FindClose(SR);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//LoadPlayList - Load a Playlist in the Array
+//----------
+Function    TPlayListManager.LoadPlayList(Index: Cardinal; Filename: String): Boolean;
+  var
+    F: TextFile;
+    Line: String;
+    PosDelimiter: Integer;
+    SongID: Integer;
+    Len: Integer;
+
+  Function FindSong(Artist, Title: String): Integer;
+  var I: Integer;
+  begin
+    Result := -1;
+
+    For I := low(CatSongs.Song) to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+    begin
+      if (CatSongs.Song[I].Title = Title) AND (CatSongs.Song[I].Artist = Artist) then
+      begin
+        Result := I;
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+begin
+  if not FileExists(PlayListPath + Filename) then
+  begin
+    Log.LogError('Could not load Playlist: ' + Filename);
+    Result := False;
+    Exit;
+  end;
+  Result := True;
+
+  //Load File
+  AssignFile(F, PlayListPath + FileName);
+  Reset(F);
+
+  //Set Filename
+  PlayLists[Index].Filename := Filename;
+  PlayLists[Index].Name := '';
+
+  //Read Until End of File
+  While not Eof(F) do
+  begin
+    //Read Curent Line
+    Readln(F, Line);
+
+    if (Length(Line) > 0) then
+    begin
+    PosDelimiter := Pos(':', Line);
+      if (PosDelimiter  <> 0) then
+      begin
+        //Comment or Name String
+        if (Line[1] = '#') then
+        begin
+          //Found Name Value
+          if (Uppercase(Trim(copy(Line, 2, PosDelimiter - 2))) = 'NAME') then
+            PlayLists[Index].Name := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1,Length(Line) - PosDelimiter))
+            
+        end
+        //Song Entry
+        else
+        begin
+          SongID := FindSong(Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1)), Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter)));
+          if (SongID <> -1) then
+          begin
+            Len := Length(PlayLists[Index].Items);
+            SetLength(PlayLists[Index].Items, Len + 1);
+
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].SongID := SongID;
+
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Artist := Trim(copy(Line, 1, PosDelimiter - 1));
+            PlayLists[Index].Items[Len].Title  := Trim(copy(Line, PosDelimiter + 1, Length(Line) - PosDelimiter));
+          end
+          else Log.LogError('Could not find Song in Playlist: ' + PlayLists[Index].Filename + ', ' + Line);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  //If no special name is given, use Filename
+  if PlayLists[Index].Name = '' then
+  begin
+    PlayLists[Index].Name := ChangeFileExt(FileName, '');
+  end;
+
+  //Finish (Close File)
+  CloseFile(F);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//SavePlayList - Saves the specified Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.SavePlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  F: TextFile;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) OR (Not FileisReadOnly(PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename)) then
+  begin
+
+    //open File for Rewriting
+    AssignFile(F, PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename);
+    try
+      try
+        Rewrite(F);
+
+        //Write Version (not nessecary but helpful)
+        WriteLn(F, '######################################');
+        WriteLn(F, '#Ultrastar Deluxe Playlist Format v1.0');
+        WriteLn(F, '#Playlist "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '" with ' + InttoStr(Length(Playlists[Index].Items)) + ' Songs.');
+        WriteLn(F, '######################################');
+
+        //Write Name Information
+        WriteLn(F, '#Name: ' + Playlists[Index].Name);
+
+        //Write Song Information
+        WriteLn(F, '#Songs:');
+
+        For I := 0 to high(Playlists[Index].Items) do
+        begin
+          WriteLn(F, Playlists[Index].Items[I].Artist + ' : ' + Playlists[Index].Items[I].Title);
+        end;
+      except
+        log.LogError('Could not write Playlistfile "' + Playlists[Index].Name + '"');
+      end;
+    finally
+      CloseFile(F);
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//SetPlayList - Display a Playlist in CatSongs
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.SetPlayList(Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  If (Index > High(PlayLists)) then
+    exit;
+
+  //Hide all Songs
+  For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+     CatSongs.Song[I].Visible := False;
+
+  //Show Songs in PL
+  For I := 0 to high(PlayLists[Index].Items) do
+  begin
+    CatSongs.Song[PlayLists[Index].Items[I].SongID].Visible := True;
+  end;
+
+  //Set CatSongsMode + Playlist Mode
+  CatSongs.CatNumShow := -3;
+  Mode := 2;
+
+  //Set CurPlaylist
+  CurPlaylist := Index;
+
+  //Show Cat in Topleft:
+  ScreenSong.ShowCatTLCustom(Format(Theme.Playlist.CatText,[Playlists[Index].Name]));
+
+  //Fix SongSelection
+  ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+  ScreenSong.SelectNext;
+  ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+
+  //Play correct Music
+  ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddPlaylist - Adds a Playlist and Returns the Index
+//----------
+Function    TPlayListManager.AddPlaylist(Name: String): Cardinal;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := Length(Playlists);
+  SetLength(Playlists, Result + 1);
+
+  Playlists[Result].Name      := Name;
+
+  I := 1;
+
+  if (not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + '.upl')) then
+    Playlists[Result].Filename  := Name + '.upl'
+  else
+  begin
+    repeat
+      Inc(I);
+    until not FileExists(PlaylistPath + Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl');
+    Playlists[Result].Filename := Name + InttoStr(I) + '.upl';
+  end;
+
+  //Save new Playlist
+  SavePlayList(Result);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelPlaylist - Deletes a Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelPlaylist(const Index: Cardinal);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Filename: String;
+begin
+  If Index > High(Playlists) then
+    Exit;
+
+  Filename := PlaylistPath + Playlists[Index].Filename;
+
+  //If not FileExists or File is not Writeable then exit
+  If (Not FileExists(Filename)) OR (FileisReadOnly(Filename)) then
+    Exit;
+
+
+  //Delete Playlist from FileSystem
+  if Not DeleteFile(Filename) then
+    Exit;
+
+  //Delete Playlist from Array
+  //move all PLs to the Hole
+  For I := Index to High(Playlists)-1 do
+    PlayLists[I] := PlayLists[I+1];
+
+  //Delete last Playlist
+  SetLength (Playlists, High(Playlists));
+
+  //If Playlist is Displayed atm
+  //-> Display Songs
+  if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (Index = CurPlaylist) then
+  begin
+    ScreenSong.UnLoadDetailedCover;
+    ScreenSong.HideCatTL;
+    CatSongs.SetFilter('', 0);
+    ScreenSong.Interaction := 0;
+    ScreenSong.FixSelected;
+    ScreenSong.ChangeMusic;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//AddItem - Adds an Item to a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.AddItem(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+  P: Cardinal;
+  Len: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  if (SongID <= High(CatSongs.Song)) AND (NOT CatSongs.Song[SongID].Main) then
+  begin
+    Len := Length(Playlists[P].Items);
+    SetLength(Playlists[P].Items, Len + 1);
+
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].SongID  := SongID;
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Title   := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Title;
+    Playlists[P].Items[Len].Artist  := CatSongs.Song[SongID].Artist;
+
+    //Save Changes
+    SavePlayList(P);
+
+    //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+    if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+      SetPlaylist(P);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//DelItem - Deletes an Item from a specific Playlist
+//----------
+Procedure   TPlayListManager.DelItem(const iItem: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  P: Cardinal;
+begin
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  if (iItem <= high(Playlists[P].Items)) then
+  begin
+    //Move all entrys behind deleted one to Front
+    For I := iItem to High(Playlists[P].Items) - 1 do
+      Playlists[P].Items[I] := Playlists[P].Items[I + 1];
+
+    //Delete Last Entry
+    SetLength(PlayLists[P].Items, Length(PlayLists[P].Items) - 1);
+
+    //Save Changes
+    SavePlayList(P);
+  end;
+
+  //Delete Playlist if Last Song is deleted
+  if (Length(PlayLists[P].Items) = 0) then
+  begin
+    DelPlaylist(P);
+  end
+  //Correct Display when Editing current Playlist
+  else if (CatSongs.CatNumShow = -3) and (P = CurPlaylist) then
+    SetPlaylist(P);
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetNames - Writes Playlist Names in a Array
+//----------
+Procedure    TPlayListManager.GetNames(var PLNames: array of String);
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  Len: Integer;
+begin
+  Len := High(Playlists);
+  
+  if (Length(PLNames) <> Len + 1) then
+    exit;
+
+  For I := 0 to Len do
+    PLNames[I] := Playlists[I].Name;
+end;
+
+//----------
+//GetIndexbySongID - Returns Index in the specified Playlist of the given Song
+//----------
+Function    TPlayListManager.GetIndexbySongID(const SongID: Cardinal; const iPlaylist: Integer): Integer;
+var
+  P: Integer;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  if iPlaylist = -1 then
+    P := CurPlaylist
+  else if (iPlaylist >= 0) AND (iPlaylist <= high(Playlists)) then
+    P := iPlaylist
+  else
+    exit;
+
+  Result := -1;
+
+  For I := 0 to high(Playlists[P].Items) do
+  begin
+    if (Playlists[P].Items[I].SongID = SongID) then
+    begin
+      Result := I;
+      Break;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/URecord.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/URecord.pas
index 8d3fa5f7..87c35cd8 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/URecord.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/URecord.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit URecord;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses Classes,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UServices.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UServices.pas
index 92b61e85..c8761df0 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UServices.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UServices.pas
@@ -1,321 +1,326 @@
-unit UServices;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses uPluginDefs, SysUtils;

-{*********************

-  TServiceManager

-  Class for saving, managing and calling of Services.

-  Saves all Services and their Procs

-*********************}

-

-type

-  TServiceName = String[60];

-  PServiceInfo = ^TServiceInfo;

-  TServiceInfo = record

-    Self: THandle; //Handle of this Service

-    Hash: Integer; //4 Bit Hash of the Services Name

-    Name: TServiceName; //Name of this Service

-

-    Owner: Integer; //If < 0 [-(DLLMan Pluginindex + 1)]; 0 - undefined, On Error Full shutdown, If < 0 [ModuleIndex - 1]  

-    

-    Next: PServiceInfo; //Pointer to the Next Service in teh list

-

-    //Here is s/t tricky

-    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to offer a Service from a Class

-    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class

-    Case isClass: boolean of

-      False: (Proc: TUS_Service); //Proc that will be called on Event

-      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Service_of_Object);

-  end;

-

-  TServiceManager = class

-    private

-      //Managing Service List

-      FirstService: PServiceInfo;

-      LastService: PServiceInfo;

-

-      //Some Speed improvement by caching the last 4 called Services

-      //Most of the time a Service is called multiple times

-      ServiceCache: Array[0..3] of PServiceInfo;

-      NextCacheItem: Byte;

-

-      //Next Service added gets this Handle:

-      NextHandle: THandle;

-    public

-      Constructor Create;

-

-      Function AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service = nil; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object = nil): THandle;

-      Function DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;

-

-      Function CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam, lParam: dWord): integer;

-

-      Function NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;

-      Function ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;

-  end;

-

-var

-  ServiceManager: TServiceManager; 

-

-implementation

-uses UCore;

-

-//------------

-// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values

-//------------

-Constructor TServiceManager.Create;

-begin

-  FirstService := nil;

-  LastService := nil;

-

-  ServiceCache[0] := nil;

-  ServiceCache[1] := nil;

-  ServiceCache[2] := nil;

-  ServiceCache[3] := nil;

-

-  NextCacheItem := 0;

-

-  NextHandle := 1;

-

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-    WriteLn('ServiceManager: Succesful created!');

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle,

-// 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)

-//------------

-Function TServiceManager.AddService(const ServiceName: PChar;  const Proc: TUS_Service; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object): THandle;

-var

-  Cur: PServiceInfo;

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-

-  If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then

-  begin

-    If (ServiceExists(ServiceName) = 0) then

-    begin //There is a Proc and the Service does not already exist

-      //Ok Add it!

-      

-      //Get Memory

-      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));

-

-      //Fill it with Data

-      Cur.Next := nil;

-

-      If (@Proc = nil) then

-      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method

-        Cur.isClass := True;

-        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;

-      end

-      else //Use the normal Proc

-      begin

-        Cur.isClass := False;

-        Cur.Proc := Proc;

-      end;

-

-      Cur.Self := NextHandle;

-      //Zero Name

-      Cur.Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;

-      Cur.Name := String(ServiceName);

-      Cur.Hash := NametoHash(Cur.Name);

-

-      //Add Owner to Service

-      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;

-

-      //Add Service to the List

-      If (FirstService = nil) then

-        FirstService := Cur;

-

-      If (LastService <> nil) then

-        LastService.Next := Cur;

-

-      LastService := Cur;

-

-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-      WriteLn('ServiceManager: Service added: ''' + ServiceName + ''', Handle: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Self));

-      {$ENDIF}

-

-      //Inc Next Handle

-      Inc(NextHandle);

-    end

-    {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-    else WriteLn('ServiceManager: Try to readd Service: ' + ServiceName);

-    {$ENDIF}

-  end;

-end;

-

-//------------

-// Function Destroys a Service, 0 on success, not 0 on Failure

-//------------

-Function TServiceManager.DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;

-var

-  Last, Cur: PServiceInfo;

-  I: Integer;

-begin

-  Result := -1;

-

-  Last := nil;

-  Cur := FirstService;

-

-  //Search for Service to Delete

-  While (Cur <> nil) do

-  begin

-    If (Cur.Self = hService) then

-    begin //Found Service => Delete it

-

-      //Delete from List

-      If (Last = nil) then //Found first Service

-        FirstService := Cur.Next

-      Else //Service behind the first

-        Last.Next := Cur.Next;

-

-      //IF this is the LastService, correct LastService

-      If (Cur = LastService) then

-        LastService := Last;

-

-      //Search for Service in Cache and delete it if found

-      For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do

-        If (ServiceCache[I] = Cur) then

-        begin

-          ServiceCache[I] := nil;

-        end;

-

-      {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-      WriteLn('ServiceManager: Removed Service succesful: ' + Cur.Name);

-      {$ENDIF}

-

-      //Free Memory

-      Freemem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));

-

-      //Break the Loop

-      Break;

-    end;

-

-    //Go to Next Service

-    Last := Cur;

-    Cur := Cur.Next;

-  end;

-end;

-

-//------------

-// Function Calls a Services Proc

-// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure

-//------------

-Function TServiceManager.CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam, lParam: dWord): integer;

-var

-  SExists: Integer;

-  Service: PServiceInfo;

-  CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute

-begin

-  Result := SERVICE_NOT_FOUND;

-  SExists := ServiceExists(ServiceName);

-  If (SExists <> 0) then

-  begin

-    //Backup CurExecuted

-    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;

-    

-    Service := Pointer(SExists);

-

-    If (Service.isClass) then

-      //Use Proc of Class

-      Result := Service.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)

-    Else

-      //Use normal Proc

-      Result := Service.Proc(wParam, lParam);

-

-    //Restore CurExecuted

-    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;

-  end;

-

-  {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-  WriteLn('ServiceManager: Service ''' + ServiceName + ''' called. Result: ' + InttoStr(Result));

-  {$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-//------------

-// Generates the Hash for the given Name

-//------------

-Function TServiceManager.NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;

-asm

-  { CL: Counter; EAX: Result; EDX: Current Memory Address }

-  Mov CL, 14 {Init Counter, Fold 14 Times to became 4 Bytes out of 60}

-

-  Mov EDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}

-

-  Mov EAX, [EDX]

-

-  @FoldLoop: ADD EDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }

-             ADD EAX, [EDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}

-

-  LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}

-end;

-

-

-//------------

-// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, otherwise 0

-//------------

-Function TServiceManager.ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;

-var

-  Name: TServiceName;

-  Hash: Integer;

-  Cur: PServiceInfo;

-  I: Byte;

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-  // to-do : Write a Metbod (in ASM) to Zero and Add in one turn  (faster then this dirty hack ;)

-  //Zero Name:

-  Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;

-  //Add Service Name

-  Name := String(ServiceName);

-  Hash := NametoHash(Name);

-

-  //First of all Look for the Service in Cache

-  For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do

-  begin

-    If (ServiceCache[I] <> nil) AND (ServiceCache[I].Hash = Hash) then

-    begin

-      If (ServiceCache[I].Name = Name) then

-      begin //Found Service in Cache

-        Result := Integer(ServiceCache[I]);

-

-        {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-        WriteLn('ServiceManager: Found Service in Cache: ''' + ServiceName + '''');

-        {$ENDIF}

-

-        Break;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  If (Result = 0) then

-  begin

-    Cur := FirstService;

-    While (Cur <> nil) do

-    begin

-      If (Cur.Hash = Hash) then

-      begin

-        If (Cur.Name = Name) then

-        begin //Found the Service

-          Result := Integer(Cur);

-

-          {$IFDEF DEBUG}

-          WriteLn('ServiceManager: Found Service in List: ''' + ServiceName + '''');

-          {$ENDIF}

-

-          //Add to Cache

-          ServiceCache[NextCacheItem] := Cur;

-          NextCacheItem := (NextCacheItem + 1) AND 3;

-          Break;

-        end;

-      end;

-

-      Cur := Cur.Next;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-end.
\ No newline at end of file
+unit UServices;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses uPluginDefs,
+     SysUtils;
+{*********************
+  TServiceManager
+  Class for saving, managing and calling of Services.
+  Saves all Services and their Procs
+*********************}
+
+type
+  TServiceName = String[60];
+  PServiceInfo = ^TServiceInfo;
+  TServiceInfo = record
+    Self: THandle; //Handle of this Service
+    Hash: Integer; //4 Bit Hash of the Services Name
+    Name: TServiceName; //Name of this Service
+
+    Owner: Integer; //If < 0 [-(DLLMan Pluginindex + 1)]; 0 - undefined, On Error Full shutdown, If < 0 [ModuleIndex - 1]  
+    
+    Next: PServiceInfo; //Pointer to the Next Service in teh list
+
+    //Here is s/t tricky
+    //To avoid writing of Wrapping Functions to offer a Service from a Class
+    //We save a Normal Proc or a Method of a Class
+    Case isClass: boolean of
+      False: (Proc: TUS_Service); //Proc that will be called on Event
+      True:  (ProcOfClass: TUS_Service_of_Object);
+  end;
+
+  TServiceManager = class
+    private
+      //Managing Service List
+      FirstService: PServiceInfo;
+      LastService: PServiceInfo;
+
+      //Some Speed improvement by caching the last 4 called Services
+      //Most of the time a Service is called multiple times
+      ServiceCache: Array[0..3] of PServiceInfo;
+      NextCacheItem: Byte;
+
+      //Next Service added gets this Handle:
+      NextHandle: THandle;
+    public
+      Constructor Create;
+
+      Function AddService(const ServiceName: PChar; const Proc: TUS_Service = nil; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object = nil): THandle;
+      Function DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
+
+      Function CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam, lParam: dWord): integer;
+
+      Function NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
+      Function ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
+  end;
+
+var
+  ServiceManager: TServiceManager; 
+
+implementation
+uses UCore;
+
+//------------
+// Create - Creates Class and Set Standard Values
+//------------
+Constructor TServiceManager.Create;
+begin
+  FirstService := nil;
+  LastService := nil;
+
+  ServiceCache[0] := nil;
+  ServiceCache[1] := nil;
+  ServiceCache[2] := nil;
+  ServiceCache[3] := nil;
+
+  NextCacheItem := 0;
+
+  NextHandle := 1;
+
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    WriteLn('ServiceManager: Succesful created!');
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Creates a new Service and Returns the Services Handle,
+// 0 on Failure. (Name already exists)
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.AddService(const ServiceName: PChar;  const Proc: TUS_Service; const ProcofClass: TUS_Service_of_Object): THandle;
+var
+  Cur: PServiceInfo;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+
+  If (@Proc <> nil) or (@ProcOfClass <> nil) then
+  begin
+    If (ServiceExists(ServiceName) = 0) then
+    begin //There is a Proc and the Service does not already exist
+      //Ok Add it!
+      
+      //Get Memory
+      GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
+
+      //Fill it with Data
+      Cur.Next := nil;
+
+      If (@Proc = nil) then
+      begin //Use the ProcofClass Method
+        Cur.isClass := True;
+        Cur.ProcOfClass := ProcofClass;
+      end
+      else //Use the normal Proc
+      begin
+        Cur.isClass := False;
+        Cur.Proc := Proc;
+      end;
+
+      Cur.Self := NextHandle;
+      //Zero Name
+      Cur.Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
+      Cur.Name := String(ServiceName);
+      Cur.Hash := NametoHash(Cur.Name);
+
+      //Add Owner to Service
+      Cur.Owner := Core.CurExecuted;
+
+      //Add Service to the List
+      If (FirstService = nil) then
+        FirstService := Cur;
+
+      If (LastService <> nil) then
+        LastService.Next := Cur;
+
+      LastService := Cur;
+
+      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+      WriteLn('ServiceManager: Service added: ''' + ServiceName + ''', Handle: ' + InttoStr(Cur.Self));
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      //Inc Next Handle
+      Inc(NextHandle);
+    end
+    {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+    else WriteLn('ServiceManager: Try to readd Service: ' + ServiceName);
+    {$ENDIF}
+  end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Destroys a Service, 0 on success, not 0 on Failure
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.DelService(const hService: THandle): integer;
+var
+  Last, Cur: PServiceInfo;
+  I: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := -1;
+
+  Last := nil;
+  Cur := FirstService;
+
+  //Search for Service to Delete
+  While (Cur <> nil) do
+  begin
+    If (Cur.Self = hService) then
+    begin //Found Service => Delete it
+
+      //Delete from List
+      If (Last = nil) then //Found first Service
+        FirstService := Cur.Next
+      Else //Service behind the first
+        Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+
+      //IF this is the LastService, correct LastService
+      If (Cur = LastService) then
+        LastService := Last;
+
+      //Search for Service in Cache and delete it if found
+      For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
+        If (ServiceCache[I] = Cur) then
+        begin
+          ServiceCache[I] := nil;
+        end;
+
+      {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+      WriteLn('ServiceManager: Removed Service succesful: ' + Cur.Name);
+      {$ENDIF}
+
+      //Free Memory
+      Freemem(Cur, SizeOf(TServiceInfo));
+
+      //Break the Loop
+      Break;
+    end;
+
+    //Go to Next Service
+    Last := Cur;
+    Cur := Cur.Next;
+  end;
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Function Calls a Services Proc
+// Returns Services Return Value or SERVICE_NOT_FOUND on Failure
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.CallService(const ServiceName: PChar; const wParam, lParam: dWord): integer;
+var
+  SExists: Integer;
+  Service: PServiceInfo;
+  CurExecutedBackup: Integer; //backup of Core.CurExecuted Attribute
+begin
+  Result := SERVICE_NOT_FOUND;
+  SExists := ServiceExists(ServiceName);
+  If (SExists <> 0) then
+  begin
+    //Backup CurExecuted
+    CurExecutedBackup := Core.CurExecuted;
+    
+    Service := Pointer(SExists);
+
+    If (Service.isClass) then
+      //Use Proc of Class
+      Result := Service.ProcOfClass(wParam, lParam)
+    Else
+      //Use normal Proc
+      Result := Service.Proc(wParam, lParam);
+
+    //Restore CurExecuted
+    Core.CurExecuted := CurExecutedBackup;
+  end;
+
+  {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+  WriteLn('ServiceManager: Service ''' + ServiceName + ''' called. Result: ' + InttoStr(Result));
+  {$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+//------------
+// Generates the Hash for the given Name
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.NametoHash(const ServiceName: TServiceName): Integer;
+asm
+  { CL: Counter; EAX: Result; EDX: Current Memory Address }
+  Mov CL, 14 {Init Counter, Fold 14 Times to became 4 Bytes out of 60}
+
+  Mov EDX, ServiceName {Save Address of String that should be "Hashed"}
+
+  Mov EAX, [EDX]
+
+  @FoldLoop: ADD EDX, 4 {jump 4 Byte(32 Bit) to the next tile }
+             ADD EAX, [EDX] {Add the Value of the next 4 Byte of the String to the Hash}
+
+  LOOP @FoldLoop {Fold again if there are Chars Left}
+end;
+
+
+//------------
+// Function Returns Non Zero if a Service with the given Name Exists, otherwise 0
+//------------
+Function TServiceManager.ServiceExists(const ServiceName: PChar): Integer;
+var
+  Name: TServiceName;
+  Hash: Integer;
+  Cur: PServiceInfo;
+  I: Byte;
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  // to-do : Write a Metbod (in ASM) to Zero and Add in one turn  (faster then this dirty hack ;)
+  //Zero Name:
+  Name := #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0 + #0;
+  //Add Service Name
+  Name := String(ServiceName);
+  Hash := NametoHash(Name);
+
+  //First of all Look for the Service in Cache
+  For I := 0 to High(ServiceCache) do
+  begin
+    If (ServiceCache[I] <> nil) AND (ServiceCache[I].Hash = Hash) then
+    begin
+      If (ServiceCache[I].Name = Name) then
+      begin //Found Service in Cache
+        Result := Integer(ServiceCache[I]);
+
+        {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+        WriteLn('ServiceManager: Found Service in Cache: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
+        {$ENDIF}
+
+        Break;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  If (Result = 0) then
+  begin
+    Cur := FirstService;
+    While (Cur <> nil) do
+    begin
+      If (Cur.Hash = Hash) then
+      begin
+        If (Cur.Name = Name) then
+        begin //Found the Service
+          Result := Integer(Cur);
+
+          {$IFDEF DEBUG}
+          WriteLn('ServiceManager: Found Service in List: ''' + ServiceName + '''');
+          {$ENDIF}
+
+          //Add to Cache
+          ServiceCache[NextCacheItem] := Cur;
+          NextCacheItem := (NextCacheItem + 1) AND 3;
+          Break;
+        end;
+      end;
+
+      Cur := Cur.Next;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/USingScores.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/USingScores.pas
index d5256dc9..c7213180 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/USingScores.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/USingScores.pas
@@ -1,986 +1,990 @@
-unit USingScores;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses UThemes,

-     OpenGl12,

-     UTexture;

-

-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

-//                        ATTENTION:                        //

-// Enabled Flag does not Work atm. This should cause Popups //

-// Not to Move and Scores to stay until Renenabling.        //

-// To use e.g. in Pause Mode                                //

-// Also InVisible Flag causes Attributes not to change.     //

-// This should be fixed after next Draw when Visible = True,//

-// but not testet yet                                       //

-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

-

-//Some Constances containing Options that could change by time

-const

-  MaxPlayers = 6;   //Maximum of Players that could be added

-  MaxPositions = 6; //Maximum of Score Positions that could be added

-

-type

-  //-----------

-  // TScorePlayer - Record Containing Information about a Players Score

-  //-----------

-  TScorePlayer = record

-    Position: Byte;    //Index of the Position where the Player should be Drawn

-    Enabled:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Enabled

-    Visible:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Visible

-    Score:    Word;    //Current Score of the Player

-    ScoreDisplayed: Word; //Score cur. Displayed(for counting up)

-    ScoreBG:  TTexture;//Texture of the Players Scores BG

-    Color:    TRGB;    //Teh Players Color

-    RBPos:    Real;    //Cur. Percentille of the Rating Bar

-    RBTarget: Real;    //Target Position of Rating Bar

-    RBVisible:Boolean; //Is Rating bar Drawn

-  end;

-  aScorePlayer = array[0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;

-

-  //-----------

-  // TScorePosition - Record Containing Information about a Score Position, that can be used

-  //-----------

-  PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition;

-  TScorePosition = record

-    //The Position is Used for Which Playercount

-    PlayerCount: Byte;

-    // 1 - One Player per Screen

-    // 2 - 2 Players per Screen

-    // 4 - 3 Players per Screen

-    // 6 would be 2 and 3 Players per Screen

-

-    BGX: Real;     //X Position of the Score BG

-    BGY: Real;     //Y Position of the Score BG

-    BGW: Real;     //Width of the Score BG

-    BGH: Real;     //Height of the Score BG

-

-    RBX: Real;     //X Position of the Rating Bar

-    RBY: Real;     //Y Position of the Rating Bar

-    RBW: Real;     //Width of the Rating Bar

-    RBH: Real;     //Height of the Rating Bar

-

-    TextX: Real;        //X Position of the Score Text

-    TextY: Real;        //Y Position of the Score Text

-    TextFont: Byte;     //Font of the Score Text

-    TextSize: Byte;     //Size of the Score Text

-

-    PUW: Real;          //Width of the LineBonus Popup

-    PUH: Real;          //Height of the LineBonus Popup

-    PUFont: Byte;       //Font for the PopUps

-    PUFontSize: Byte;   //FontSize for the PopUps

-    PUStartX: Real;     //X Start Position of the LineBonus Popup

-    PUStartY: Real;     //Y Start Position of the LineBonus Popup

-    PUTargetX: Real;    //X Target Position of the LineBonus Popup

-    PUTargetY: Real;    //Y Target Position of the LineBonus Popup

-  end;

-  aScorePosition = array[0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;

-

-  //-----------

-  // TScorePopUp - Record Containing Information about a LineBonus Popup

-  // List, Next Item is Saved in Next attribute

-  //-----------

-  PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp;

-  TScorePopUp = record

-    Player:  Byte;          //Index of the PopUps Player

-    TimeStamp: Cardinal;    //Timestamp of Popups Spawn

-    Rating:    Byte;        //0 to 8, Type of Rating (Cool, bad, etc.)

-    ScoreGiven:Word;        //Score that has already been given to the Player

-    ScoreDiff: Word;        //Difference Between Cur Score at Spawn and Old Score

-    Next:      PScorePopUp; //Next Item in List

-  end;

-  aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp;

-

-  //-----------

-  // TSingScores - Class containing Scores Positions and Drawing Scores, Rating Bar + Popups

-  //-----------

-  TSingScores = class

-    private

-      Positions: aScorePosition;

-      aPlayers: aScorePlayer;

-      oPositionCount: Byte;

-      oPlayerCount: Byte;

-

-      //Saves the First and Last Popup of the List

-      FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp;

-      LastPopUp:  PScorePopUp;

-

-      //Procedure Draws a Popup by Pointer

-      Procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);

-

-      //Procedure Draws a Score by Playerindex

-      Procedure DrawScore(const Index: Integer);

-

-      //Procedure Draws the RatingBar by Playerindex

-      Procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);

-

-      //Procedure Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List

-      Procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);

-    public

-      Settings: record //Record containing some Displaying Options

-        Phase1Time: Real;     //time for Phase 1 to complete (in msecs)

-                              //The Plop Up of the PopUp

-        Phase2Time: Real;     //time for Phase 2 to complete (in msecs)

-                              //The Moving (mainly Upwards) of the Popup

-        Phase3Time: Real;     //time for Phase 3 to complete (in msecs)

-                              //The Fade out and Score adding

-

-        PopUpTex:   Array [0..8] of TTexture; //Textures for every Popup Rating

-

-        RatingBar_BG_Tex:   TTexture; //Rating Bar Texs

-        RatingBar_FG_Tex:   TTexture;

-        RatingBar_Bar_Tex:  TTexture;

-

-      end;

-

-      Visible: Boolean;    //Visibility of all Scores

-      Enabled: Boolean;    //Scores are changed, PopUps are Moved etc.

-      RBVisible: Boolean;  //Visibility of all Rating Bars

-

-      //Propertys for Reading Position and Playercount

-      Property PositionCount: Byte read oPositionCount;

-      Property PlayerCount: Byte read oPlayerCount;

-      Property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers;

-

-      //Constructor just sets some standard Settings

-      Constructor Create;

-

-      //Procedure Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count

-      Procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);

-

-      //Procedure Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count

-      Procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word = 0; const Enabled: Boolean = True; const Visible: Boolean = True);

-

-      //Change a Players Visibility, Enable

-      Procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);

-      Procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);

-

-      //Procedure Deletes all Player Information

-      Procedure ClearPlayers;

-

-      //Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation

-      Procedure Clear;

-

-      //Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme

-      Procedure LoadfromTheme;

-

-      //Procedure has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw

-      //It gives every Player a Score Position

-      Procedure Init;

-

-      //Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player

-      Procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);

-

-      //Removes all PopUps from Mem

-      Procedure KillAllPopUps;

-

-      //Procedure Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps

-      Procedure Draw;

-  end;

-

-

-implementation

-

-uses SDL,

-     SysUtils,

-     ULog,

-     UGraphic,

-     TextGL;

-

-//-----------

-//Constructor just sets some standard Settings

-//-----------

-Constructor TSingScores.Create;

-begin

-  //Clear PopupList Pointers

-  FirstPopUp := nil;

-  LastPopUp  := nil;

-

-  //Clear Variables

-  Visible := True;

-  Enabled := True;

-  RBVisible := True;

-  

-  //Clear Position Index

-  oPositionCount  := 0;

-  oPlayerCount    := 0;

-

-  Settings.Phase1Time := 1000;

-  Settings.Phase2Time := 2000;

-  Settings.Phase3Time := 2000;

-

-  Settings.PopUpTex[0].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[1].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[2].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[3].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[4].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[5].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[6].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[7].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.PopUpTex[8].TexNum := High(gluInt);

-

-  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum   := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum   := High(gluInt);

-  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum  := High(gluInt);

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);

-begin

-  if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then

-  begin

-    Positions[PositionCount] := pPosition^;

-

-    Inc(oPositionCount);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word; const Enabled: Boolean; const Visible: Boolean);

-begin

-  if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then

-  begin

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Position  := High(byte);

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled   := Enabled;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible   := Visible;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score     := Score;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed     := Score;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG   := ScoreBG;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color     := Color;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos     := 0.5;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget  := 0.5;

-    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := True;

-

-    Inc(oPlayerCount);

-  end;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Change a Players Visibility

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);

-begin

-  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then

-    aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Change Player Enabled

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);

-begin

-  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then

-    aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Deletes all Player Information

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;    

-begin

-  KillAllPopUps;

-  oPlayerCount := 0;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.Clear; 

-begin

-  KillAllPopUps;

-  oPlayerCount    := 0;

-  oPositionCount  := 0;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;

-var I: Integer;

-  Procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: Byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);

-    var nPosition: TScorePosition;

-  begin

-    nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; //Only for one Player Playing

-

-    nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X;

-    nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y;

-    nPosition.BGW := ScoreStatic.W;

-    nPosition.BGH := ScoreStatic.H;

-

-    nPosition.TextX     := ScoreText.X;

-    nPosition.TextY     := ScoreText.Y;

-    nPosition.TextFont  := ScoreText.Font;

-    nPosition.TextSize  := ScoreText.Size;

-

-    nPosition.RBX := SingBarStatic.X;

-    nPosition.RBY := SingBarStatic.Y;

-    nPosition.RBW := SingBarStatic.W;

-    nPosition.RBH := SingBarStatic.H;

-

-    nPosition.PUW := nPosition.BGW;

-    nPosition.PUH := nPosition.BGH;

-

-    nPosition.PUFont     := 2;

-    nPosition.PUFontSize := 6;

-

-    nPosition.PUStartX := nPosition.BGX;

-    nPosition.PUStartY := nPosition.TextY + 65;

-

-    nPosition.PUTargetX := nPosition.BGX;

-    nPosition.PUTargetY := nPosition.TextY;

-

-    AddPosition(@nPosition);

-  end;

-begin

-  Clear;

-

-  //Set Textures

-  //Popup Tex

-  For I := 0 to 8 do

-    Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I];

-

-  //Rating Bar Tex  

-  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Back;

-  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Front;

-  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex  :=  Tex_SingBar_Bar;

-

-  //Load Positions from Theme

-

-  // Player1:

-  AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);

-  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);

-  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);

-

-  // Player2:

-  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);

-  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);

-

-  // Player3:

-  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);

-var Cur: PScorePopUp;

-begin

-  if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then

-  begin

-    //Get Memory and Add Data

-    GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));

-

-    Cur.Player  := PlayerIndex;

-    Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks;

-    Cur.Rating    := Rating;

-    Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0;

-    If (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then

-    begin

-      Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score;

-      aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score;

-    end

-    else

-      Cur.ScoreDiff := 0;

-    Cur.Next := nil;

-

-    //Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));

-

-    //Add it to the Chain

-    if (FirstPopUp = nil) then

-      //the first PopUp in the List

-      FirstPopUp := Cur

-    else

-    //second or earlier popup

-      LastPopUp.Next := Cur;

-

-    //Set new Popup to Last PopUp in the List

-    LastPopUp := Cur;

-  end

-  else

-    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add PopUp for not existing player');

-end;

-

-//-----------

-// Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);

-var

-  lTempA ,

-  lTempB : real;

-begin

-  //Give Player the Last Points that missing till now

-  aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven;

-

-  //Change Bars Position

-  

-  // TODO : JB_Lazarus - Exception=Invalid floating point operation

-  //                     AT THIS LINE !

-  

-  {$IFDEF LAZARUS}

-(*

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget    : ' + floattostr( aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget ) );

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-(Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) : ' + floattostr( (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) ) );

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-Cur.ScoreDiff                    : ' + floattostr( Cur.ScoreDiff ) );

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-(Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26)         : ' + floattostr( (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26) ) );

-  writeln( '' );

-*)

-  {$ENDIF}

-

-  lTempA := ( aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget + (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) );

-  lTempB := ( Cur.ScoreDiff * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26) );

-  

-  {$IFDEF LAZARUS}

-(*

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-lTempA                           : ' + floattostr( lTempA ) );

-  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-lTempB                           : ' + floattostr( lTempB ) );

-  writeln( '----------------------------------------------------------' );

-*)

-  {$ENDIF}

-

-  if ( lTempA > 0 ) AND

-     ( lTempB > 0 ) THEN

-  begin

-    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := lTempA / lTempB;

-  end;

-

-  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then

-    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1

-  else

-  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then

-    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0;

-

-  //If this is the First PopUp => Make Next PopUp the First

-  If (Cur = FirstPopUp) then

-    FirstPopUp := Cur.Next

-  //Else => Remove Curent Popup from Chain

-  else

-    Last.Next := Cur.Next;

-

-  //If this is the Last PopUp, Make PopUp before the Last

-  If (Cur = LastPopUp) then

-    LastPopUp := Last;

-

-  //Free the Memory

-  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Removes all PopUps from Mem

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;

-var

-  Cur:  PScorePopUp;

-  Last: PScorePopUp;

-begin

-  Cur := FirstPopUp;

-

-  //Remove all PopUps:

-  While (Cur <> nil) do

-  begin

-    Last := Cur;

-    Cur  := Cur.Next;

-    FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));

-  end;

-

-  FirstPopUp := nil;

-  LastPopUp := nil;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Init - has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw

-//It gives every Player a Score Position

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.Init;

-var

-  PlC: Array [0..1] of Byte; //Playercount First Screen and Second Screen

-  I, J: Integer;

-  MaxPlayersperScreen: Byte;

-  CurPlayer:           Byte;

-

-  Function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: Byte): Byte;

-  var I: Integer;

-  begin

-    Result := 0;

-    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);

-

-    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do

-    begin

-      If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then

-        Inc(Result);

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  Function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: Byte): Byte;

-  var I: Integer;

-  begin

-    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);

-    Result := High(Byte);

-

-    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do

-    begin

-      If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then

-      begin

-        If (bPlayer = 0) then

-        begin

-          Result := I;

-          Break;

-        end

-        else

-          Dec(bPlayer);

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-begin

-

-  For I := 1 to 6 do

-  begin

-    //If there are enough Positions -> Write to MaxPlayers

-    If (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then

-      MaxPlayersperScreen := I

-    else

-      Break;

-  end;

-

-

-  //Split Players to both Screen or Display on One Screen

-  if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersperScreen < PlayerCount) then

-  begin

-    PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2;

-    PlC[1] := PlayerCount div 2;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    PlC[0] := PlayerCount;

-    PlC[1] := 0;

-  end;

-

-

-  //Check if there are enough Positions for all Players

-  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do

-  begin

-    if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then

-    begin

-      PlC[I] := MaxPlayersperScreen;

-      Log.LogError('More Players than available Positions, TSingScores');

-    end;

-  end;

-  

-  CurPlayer := 0;

-  //Give every Player a Position

-  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do

-    For J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do

-    begin

-      aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) OR (I shl 7);

-      //Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));

-      Inc(CurPlayer);

-    end;

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.Draw;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  CurTime: Cardinal;

-  CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;

-begin

-  CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;

-

-  If Visible then

-  begin

-    //Draw Popups

-    LastPopUp := nil;

-    CurPopUp  := FirstPopUp;

-

-    While (CurPopUp <> nil) do

-    begin

-      if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then

-      begin

-        KillPopUp(LastPopUp, CurPopUp);

-        if (LastPopUp = nil) then

-          CurPopUp := FirstPopUp

-        else

-          CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        DrawPopUp(CurPopUp);

-        LastPopUp := CurPopUp;

-        CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;

-      end;

-    end;

-

-

-    IF (RBVisible) then

-      //Draw Players w/ Rating Bar

-      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do

-      begin

-        DrawScore(I);

-        DrawRatingBar(I);

-      end

-    else

-      //Draw Players w/o Rating Bar

-      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do

-      begin

-        DrawScore(I);

-      end;

-

-  end; //eo Visible

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Draws a Popup by Pointer

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);

-var

-  Progress: Real;

-  CurTime:  Cardinal;

-  X, Y, W, H, Alpha: Real;

-  FontSize: Byte;

-  TimeDiff: Cardinal;

-  PIndex:   Byte;

-  TextLen:  Real;

-  ScoretoAdd: Word;

-  PosDiff:  Real;

-begin

-  if (PopUp <> nil) then

-  begin

-    //Only Draw if Player has a Position

-    PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position;

-    If PIndex <> high(byte) then

-    begin

-      //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen

-      If ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then

-      begin

-        CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;

-        If Not (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then

-        //Increase Timestamp with TIem where there is no Movement ...

-        begin

-          //Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);

-        end;

-        TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp;

-

-        //Get Position of PopUp

-        PIndex := PIndex AND 127;

-

-    

-        //Check for Phase ...

-        If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then

-        begin

-          //Phase 1 - The Ploping up

-          Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time;

-

-

-          W := Positions[PIndex].PUW * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);

-          H := Positions[PIndex].PUH * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);

-

-          X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + (Positions[PIndex].PUW - W)/2;

-          Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + (Positions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2;

-

-          FontSize := Round(Progress * Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize);

-          Alpha := 1;

-        end

-

-        Else If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then

-        begin

-          //Phase 2 - The Moving

-          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time;

-

-          W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;

-          H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;

-

-          PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;

-          If PosDiff > 0 then

-            PosDiff := PosDiff + W;

-          X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);

-

-          PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;

-          If PosDiff < 0 then

-            PosDiff := PosDiff + Positions[PIndex].BGH;

-          Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);

-

-          FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;

-          Alpha := 1 - 0.3 * Progress;

-        end

-

-        else

-        begin

-          //Phase 3 - The Fading out + Score adding

-          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time;

-

-          If (PopUp.Rating > 0) then

-          begin

-            //Add Scores if Player Enabled

-            If (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then

-            begin

-              ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven;

-              Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd);

-              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd;

-

-              //Change Bars Position

-              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);

-              If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then

-                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1

-              else If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then

-                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0;

-            end;

-

-            //Set Positions etc.

-            Alpha    := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;

-

-            W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;

-            H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;

-

-            PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;

-            If (PosDiff > 0) then

-              PosDiff := W

-            else

-              PosDiff := 0;

-            X := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress;

-

-            PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;

-            If (PosDiff < 0) then

-              PosDiff := -Positions[PIndex].BGH

-            else

-              PosDiff := 0;

-            Y := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1-Progress);

-

-            FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;

-          end

-          else

-          begin

-            //Here the Effect that Should be shown if a PopUp without Score is Drawn

-            //And or Spawn with the GraphicObjects etc.

-            //Some Work for Blindy to do :P

-

-            //ATM: Just Let it Slide in the Scores just like the Normal PopUp

-            Alpha := 0;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-        //Draw PopUp

-

-        if (Alpha > 0) AND (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then

-        begin

-          //Draw BG:

-          glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-          glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-          glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-

-          glColor4f(1,1,1, Alpha);

-          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexNum);

-

-          glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);

-            glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X, Y + H);

-            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X + W, Y + H);

-            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, 0); glVertex2f(X + W, Y);

-          glEnd;

-

-          glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-          glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-

-          //Set FontStyle and Size

-          SetFontStyle(Positions[PIndex].PUFont);

-          SetFontItalic(False);

-          SetFontSize(FontSize);

-

-          //Draw Text

-          TextLen := glTextWidth(PChar(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]));

-

-          //Color and Pos

-          SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + 12);

-          glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);

-

-          //Draw

-          glPrint(PChar(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]));

-        end; //eo Alpha check

-      end; //eo Right Screen

-    end; //eo Player has Position

-  end

-  else

-    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to Draw a not existing PopUp');

-end;

-

-//-----------

-//Procedure Draws a Score by Playerindex

-//-----------

-Procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: Integer);

-var

-  Position: PScorePosition;

-  ScoreStr: String;

-begin

-  //Only Draw if Player has a Position

-  If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then

-  begin

-    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen

-    If (((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) AND Players[Index].Visible then

-    begin

-      Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];

-

-      //Draw ScoreBG

-      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-      glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-

-      glColor4f(1,1,1, 1);

-      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexNum);

-

-      glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY);

-        glTexCoord2f(0, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);

-        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);

-        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY);

-      glEnd;

-

-      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-      glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-

-      //Draw Score Text

-      SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont);

-      SetFontItalic(False);

-      SetFontSize(Position.TextSize);

-      SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY);

-

-      ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0';

-      While (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do

-        ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr;

-

-      glPrint(PChar(ScoreStr));

-

-    end; //eo Right Screen

-  end; //eo Player has Position

-end;

-

-

-Procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);

-var

-  Position: PScorePosition;

-  R,G,B, Size: Real;

-  Diff: Real;

-begin

-  //Only Draw if Player has a Position

-  If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then

-  begin

-    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen

-    If ((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) AND (Players[index].RBVisible AND Players[index].Visible) then

-    begin

-      Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];

-

-      If (Enabled AND Players[Index].Enabled) then

-      begin

-        //Move Position if Enabled

-        Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos;

-        If(Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then

-          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget

-        else

-          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1;

-      end;

-

-      //Get Colors for RatingBar

-      If Players[index].RBPos <=0.22 then

-      begin

-        R := 1;

-        G := 0;

-        B := 0;

-      end

-      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.42 then

-      begin

-        R := 1;

-        G := Players[index].RBPos*5;

-        B := 0;

-      end

-      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.57 then

-      begin

-        R := 1;

-        G := 1;

-        B := 0;

-      end

-      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.77 then

-      begin

-        R := 1-(Players[index].RBPos-0.57)*5;

-        G := 1;

-        B := 0;

-      end

-      else

-      begin

-        R := 0;

-        G := 1;

-        B := 0;

-      end;

-

-      //Enable all glFuncs Needed

-      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-      glEnable(GL_BLEND);

-      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);

-

-      //Draw RatingBar BG

-      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);

-      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum);

-

-      glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY);

-      glEnd;

-

-      //Draw Rating bar itself

-      Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos;

-      glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);

-      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum);

-      glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY);

-      glEnd;

-

-      //Draw Ratingbar FG (Teh thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)

-      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);

-      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum);

-      glBegin(GL_QUADS);

-        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);

-

-        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, 0);

-        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY);

-      glEnd;

-

-      //Disable all Enabled glFuncs

-      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);

-      glDisable(GL_BLEND);

-    end; //eo Right Screen

-  end; //eo Player has Position

-end;

-

-end.

+unit USingScores;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses UThemes,
+     OpenGl12,
+     UTexture;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//                        ATTENTION:                        //
+// Enabled Flag does not Work atm. This should cause Popups //
+// Not to Move and Scores to stay until Renenabling.        //
+// To use e.g. in Pause Mode                                //
+// Also InVisible Flag causes Attributes not to change.     //
+// This should be fixed after next Draw when Visible = True,//
+// but not testet yet                                       //
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+//Some Constances containing Options that could change by time
+const
+  MaxPlayers = 6;   //Maximum of Players that could be added
+  MaxPositions = 6; //Maximum of Score Positions that could be added
+
+type
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePlayer - Record Containing Information about a Players Score
+  //-----------
+  TScorePlayer = record
+    Position: Byte;    //Index of the Position where the Player should be Drawn
+    Enabled:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Enabled
+    Visible:  Boolean; //Is the Score Display Visible
+    Score:    Word;    //Current Score of the Player
+    ScoreDisplayed: Word; //Score cur. Displayed(for counting up)
+    ScoreBG:  TTexture;//Texture of the Players Scores BG
+    Color:    TRGB;    //Teh Players Color
+    RBPos:    Real;    //Cur. Percentille of the Rating Bar
+    RBTarget: Real;    //Target Position of Rating Bar
+    RBVisible:Boolean; //Is Rating bar Drawn
+  end;
+  aScorePlayer = array[0..MaxPlayers-1] of TScorePlayer;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePosition - Record Containing Information about a Score Position, that can be used
+  //-----------
+  PScorePosition = ^TScorePosition;
+  TScorePosition = record
+    //The Position is Used for Which Playercount
+    PlayerCount: Byte;
+    // 1 - One Player per Screen
+    // 2 - 2 Players per Screen
+    // 4 - 3 Players per Screen
+    // 6 would be 2 and 3 Players per Screen
+
+    BGX: Real;     //X Position of the Score BG
+    BGY: Real;     //Y Position of the Score BG
+    BGW: Real;     //Width of the Score BG
+    BGH: Real;     //Height of the Score BG
+
+    RBX: Real;     //X Position of the Rating Bar
+    RBY: Real;     //Y Position of the Rating Bar
+    RBW: Real;     //Width of the Rating Bar
+    RBH: Real;     //Height of the Rating Bar
+
+    TextX: Real;        //X Position of the Score Text
+    TextY: Real;        //Y Position of the Score Text
+    TextFont: Byte;     //Font of the Score Text
+    TextSize: Byte;     //Size of the Score Text
+
+    PUW: Real;          //Width of the LineBonus Popup
+    PUH: Real;          //Height of the LineBonus Popup
+    PUFont: Byte;       //Font for the PopUps
+    PUFontSize: Byte;   //FontSize for the PopUps
+    PUStartX: Real;     //X Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
+    PUStartY: Real;     //Y Start Position of the LineBonus Popup
+    PUTargetX: Real;    //X Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
+    PUTargetY: Real;    //Y Target Position of the LineBonus Popup
+  end;
+  aScorePosition = array[0..MaxPositions-1] of TScorePosition;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TScorePopUp - Record Containing Information about a LineBonus Popup
+  // List, Next Item is Saved in Next attribute
+  //-----------
+  PScorePopUp = ^TScorePopUp;
+  TScorePopUp = record
+    Player:  Byte;          //Index of the PopUps Player
+    TimeStamp: Cardinal;    //Timestamp of Popups Spawn
+    Rating:    Byte;        //0 to 8, Type of Rating (Cool, bad, etc.)
+    ScoreGiven:Word;        //Score that has already been given to the Player
+    ScoreDiff: Word;        //Difference Between Cur Score at Spawn and Old Score
+    Next:      PScorePopUp; //Next Item in List
+  end;
+  aScorePopUp = array of TScorePopUp;
+
+  //-----------
+  // TSingScores - Class containing Scores Positions and Drawing Scores, Rating Bar + Popups
+  //-----------
+  TSingScores = class
+    private
+      Positions: aScorePosition;
+      aPlayers: aScorePlayer;
+      oPositionCount: Byte;
+      oPlayerCount: Byte;
+
+      //Saves the First and Last Popup of the List
+      FirstPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+      LastPopUp:  PScorePopUp;
+
+      //Procedure Draws a Popup by Pointer
+      Procedure DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+
+      //Procedure Draws a Score by Playerindex
+      Procedure DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+
+      //Procedure Draws the RatingBar by Playerindex
+      Procedure DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+
+      //Procedure Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+      Procedure KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+    public
+      Settings: record //Record containing some Displaying Options
+        Phase1Time: Real;     //time for Phase 1 to complete (in msecs)
+                              //The Plop Up of the PopUp
+        Phase2Time: Real;     //time for Phase 2 to complete (in msecs)
+                              //The Moving (mainly Upwards) of the Popup
+        Phase3Time: Real;     //time for Phase 3 to complete (in msecs)
+                              //The Fade out and Score adding
+
+        PopUpTex:   Array [0..8] of TTexture; //Textures for every Popup Rating
+
+        RatingBar_BG_Tex:   TTexture; //Rating Bar Texs
+        RatingBar_FG_Tex:   TTexture;
+        RatingBar_Bar_Tex:  TTexture;
+
+      end;
+
+      Visible: Boolean;    //Visibility of all Scores
+      Enabled: Boolean;    //Scores are changed, PopUps are Moved etc.
+      RBVisible: Boolean;  //Visibility of all Rating Bars
+
+      //Propertys for Reading Position and Playercount
+      Property PositionCount: Byte read oPositionCount;
+      Property PlayerCount: Byte read oPlayerCount;
+      Property Players: aScorePlayer read aPlayers;
+
+      //Constructor just sets some standard Settings
+      Constructor Create;
+
+      //Procedure Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+      Procedure AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+
+      //Procedure Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
+      Procedure AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word = 0; const Enabled: Boolean = True; const Visible: Boolean = True);
+
+      //Change a Players Visibility, Enable
+      Procedure ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
+      Procedure ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+
+      //Procedure Deletes all Player Information
+      Procedure ClearPlayers;
+
+      //Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+      Procedure Clear;
+
+      //Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+      Procedure LoadfromTheme;
+
+      //Procedure has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
+      //It gives every Player a Score Position
+      Procedure Init;
+
+      //Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
+      Procedure SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
+
+      //Removes all PopUps from Mem
+      Procedure KillAllPopUps;
+
+      //Procedure Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+      Procedure Draw;
+  end;
+
+
+implementation
+
+uses SDL,
+     SysUtils,
+     ULog,
+     UGraphic,
+     TextGL;
+
+//-----------
+//Constructor just sets some standard Settings
+//-----------
+Constructor TSingScores.Create;
+begin
+  //Clear PopupList Pointers
+  FirstPopUp := nil;
+  LastPopUp  := nil;
+
+  //Clear Variables
+  Visible := True;
+  Enabled := True;
+  RBVisible := True;
+  
+  //Clear Position Index
+  oPositionCount  := 0;
+  oPlayerCount    := 0;
+
+  Settings.Phase1Time := 1000;
+  Settings.Phase2Time := 2000;
+  Settings.Phase3Time := 2000;
+
+  Settings.PopUpTex[0].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[1].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[2].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[3].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[4].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[5].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[6].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[7].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.PopUpTex[8].TexNum := High(gluInt);
+
+  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum   := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum   := High(gluInt);
+  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum  := High(gluInt);
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Adds a Position to Array and Increases Position Count
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.AddPosition(const pPosition: PScorePosition);
+begin
+  if (PositionCount < MaxPositions) then
+  begin
+    Positions[PositionCount] := pPosition^;
+
+    Inc(oPositionCount);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Adds a Player to Array and Increases Player Count
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.AddPlayer(const ScoreBG: TTexture; const Color: TRGB; const Score: Word; const Enabled: Boolean; const Visible: Boolean);
+begin
+  if (PlayerCount < MaxPlayers) then
+  begin
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Position  := High(byte);
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Enabled   := Enabled;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Visible   := Visible;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Score     := Score;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreDisplayed     := Score;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].ScoreBG   := ScoreBG;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].Color     := Color;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBPos     := 0.5;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBTarget  := 0.5;
+    aPlayers[PlayerCount].RBVisible := True;
+
+    Inc(oPlayerCount);
+  end;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Change a Players Visibility
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerVisibility(const Index: Byte; const pVisible: Boolean);
+begin
+  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+    aPlayers[Index].Visible := pVisible;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Change Player Enabled
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.ChangePlayerEnabled(const Index: Byte; const pEnabled: Boolean);
+begin
+  if (Index < MaxPlayers) then
+    aPlayers[Index].Enabled := pEnabled;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Deletes all Player Information
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.ClearPlayers;    
+begin
+  KillAllPopUps;
+  oPlayerCount := 0;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Deletes Positions and Playerinformation
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.Clear; 
+begin
+  KillAllPopUps;
+  oPlayerCount    := 0;
+  oPositionCount  := 0;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Loads some Settings and the Positions from Theme
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.LoadfromTheme;
+var I: Integer;
+  Procedure AddbyStatics(const PC: Byte; const ScoreStatic, SingBarStatic: TThemeStatic; ScoreText: TThemeText);
+    var nPosition: TScorePosition;
+  begin
+    nPosition.PlayerCount := PC; //Only for one Player Playing
+
+    nPosition.BGX := ScoreStatic.X;
+    nPosition.BGY := ScoreStatic.Y;
+    nPosition.BGW := ScoreStatic.W;
+    nPosition.BGH := ScoreStatic.H;
+
+    nPosition.TextX     := ScoreText.X;
+    nPosition.TextY     := ScoreText.Y;
+    nPosition.TextFont  := ScoreText.Font;
+    nPosition.TextSize  := ScoreText.Size;
+
+    nPosition.RBX := SingBarStatic.X;
+    nPosition.RBY := SingBarStatic.Y;
+    nPosition.RBW := SingBarStatic.W;
+    nPosition.RBH := SingBarStatic.H;
+
+    nPosition.PUW := nPosition.BGW;
+    nPosition.PUH := nPosition.BGH;
+
+    nPosition.PUFont     := 2;
+    nPosition.PUFontSize := 6;
+
+    nPosition.PUStartX := nPosition.BGX;
+    nPosition.PUStartY := nPosition.TextY + 65;
+
+    nPosition.PUTargetX := nPosition.BGX;
+    nPosition.PUTargetY := nPosition.TextY;
+
+    AddPosition(@nPosition);
+  end;
+begin
+  Clear;
+
+  //Set Textures
+  //Popup Tex
+  For I := 0 to 8 do
+    Settings.PopUpTex[I] := Tex_SingLineBonusBack[I];
+
+  //Rating Bar Tex  
+  Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Back;
+  Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex   :=  Tex_SingBar_Front;
+  Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex  :=  Tex_SingBar_Bar;
+
+  //Load Positions from Theme
+
+  // Player1:
+  AddByStatics(1, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1SingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1Score);
+  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1TwoPSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1TwoPScore);
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP1ThreePSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP1ThreePScore);
+
+  // Player2:
+  AddByStatics(2, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2RSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2RScore);
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP2MSingBar, Theme.Sing.TextP2MScore);
+
+  // Player3:
+  AddByStatics(4, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.StaticP3RScoreBG, Theme.Sing.TextP3RScore);
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Spawns a new Line Bonus PopUp for the Player
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.SpawnPopUp(const PlayerIndex: Byte; const Rating: Byte; const Score: Word);
+var Cur: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  if (PlayerIndex < PlayerCount) then
+  begin
+    //Get Memory and Add Data
+    GetMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+
+    Cur.Player  := PlayerIndex;
+    Cur.TimeStamp := SDL_GetTicks;
+    Cur.Rating    := Rating;
+    Cur.ScoreGiven:= 0;
+    If (Players[PlayerIndex].Score < Score) then
+    begin
+      Cur.ScoreDiff := Score - Players[PlayerIndex].Score;
+      aPlayers[PlayerIndex].Score := Score;
+    end
+    else
+      Cur.ScoreDiff := 0;
+    Cur.Next := nil;
+
+    //Log.LogError('TSingScores.SpawnPopUp| Player: ' + InttoStr(PlayerIndex) + ', Score: ' + InttoStr(Score) + ', ScoreDiff: ' + InttoStr(Cur.ScoreDiff));
+
+    //Add it to the Chain
+    if (FirstPopUp = nil) then
+      //the first PopUp in the List
+      FirstPopUp := Cur
+    else
+    //second or earlier popup
+      LastPopUp.Next := Cur;
+
+    //Set new Popup to Last PopUp in the List
+    LastPopUp := Cur;
+  end
+  else
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to add PopUp for not existing player');
+end;
+
+//-----------
+// Removes a PopUp w/o destroying the List
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.KillPopUp(const last, cur: PScorePopUp);
+var
+  lTempA ,
+  lTempB : real;
+begin
+  //Give Player the Last Points that missing till now
+  aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed := aPlayers[Cur.Player].ScoreDisplayed + Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven;
+
+  //Change Bars Position
+  
+  // TODO : JB_Lazarus - Exception=Invalid floating point operation
+  //                     AT THIS LINE !
+  
+  {$IFDEF LAZARUS}
+(*
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget    : ' + floattostr( aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget ) );
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-(Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) : ' + floattostr( (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) ) );
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-Cur.ScoreDiff                    : ' + floattostr( Cur.ScoreDiff ) );
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-(Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26)         : ' + floattostr( (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26) ) );
+  writeln( '' );
+*)
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  lTempA := ( aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget + (Cur.ScoreDiff - Cur.ScoreGiven) );
+  lTempB := ( Cur.ScoreDiff * (Cur.Rating / 20 - 0.26) );
+  
+  {$IFDEF LAZARUS}
+(*
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-lTempA                           : ' + floattostr( lTempA ) );
+  writeln( 'USINGSCORES-lTempB                           : ' + floattostr( lTempB ) );
+  writeln( '----------------------------------------------------------' );
+*)
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  if ( lTempA > 0 ) AND
+     ( lTempB > 0 ) THEN
+  begin
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := lTempA / lTempB;
+  end;
+
+  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 1
+  else
+  If (aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+    aPlayers[Cur.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+
+  //If this is the First PopUp => Make Next PopUp the First
+  If (Cur = FirstPopUp) then
+    FirstPopUp := Cur.Next
+  //Else => Remove Curent Popup from Chain
+  else
+    Last.Next := Cur.Next;
+
+  //If this is the Last PopUp, Make PopUp before the Last
+  If (Cur = LastPopUp) then
+    LastPopUp := Last;
+
+  //Free the Memory
+  FreeMem(Cur, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Removes all PopUps from Mem
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.KillAllPopUps;
+var
+  Cur:  PScorePopUp;
+  Last: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  Cur := FirstPopUp;
+
+  //Remove all PopUps:
+  While (Cur <> nil) do
+  begin
+    Last := Cur;
+    Cur  := Cur.Next;
+    FreeMem(Last, SizeOf(TScorePopUp));
+  end;
+
+  FirstPopUp := nil;
+  LastPopUp := nil;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Init - has to be called after Positions and Players have been added, before first call of Draw
+//It gives every Player a Score Position
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.Init;
+var
+  PlC: Array [0..1] of Byte; //Playercount First Screen and Second Screen
+  I, J: Integer;
+  MaxPlayersperScreen: Byte;
+  CurPlayer:           Byte;
+
+  Function GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(bPlayerCount: Byte): Byte;
+  var I: Integer;
+  begin
+    Result := 0;
+    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+
+    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+    begin
+      If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+        Inc(Result);
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  Function GetPositionbyPlayernum(bPlayerCount, bPlayer: Byte): Byte;
+  var I: Integer;
+  begin
+    bPlayerCount := 1 shl (bPlayerCount - 1);
+    Result := High(Byte);
+
+    For I := 0 to PositionCount-1 do
+    begin
+      If ((Positions[I].PlayerCount AND bPlayerCount) <> 0) then
+      begin
+        If (bPlayer = 0) then
+        begin
+          Result := I;
+          Break;
+        end
+        else
+          Dec(bPlayer);
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+begin
+
+  For I := 1 to 6 do
+  begin
+    //If there are enough Positions -> Write to MaxPlayers
+    If (GetPositionCountbyPlayerCount(I) = I) then
+      MaxPlayersperScreen := I
+    else
+      Break;
+  end;
+
+
+  //Split Players to both Screen or Display on One Screen
+  if (Screens = 2) and (MaxPlayersperScreen < PlayerCount) then
+  begin
+    PlC[0] := PlayerCount div 2 + PlayerCount mod 2;
+    PlC[1] := PlayerCount div 2;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    PlC[0] := PlayerCount;
+    PlC[1] := 0;
+  end;
+
+
+  //Check if there are enough Positions for all Players
+  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+  begin
+    if (PlC[I] > MaxPlayersperScreen) then
+    begin
+      PlC[I] := MaxPlayersperScreen;
+      Log.LogError('More Players than available Positions, TSingScores');
+    end;
+  end;
+  
+  CurPlayer := 0;
+  //Give every Player a Position
+  For I := 0 to Screens - 1 do
+    For J := 0 to PlC[I]-1 do
+    begin
+      aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position := GetPositionbyPlayernum(PlC[I], J) OR (I shl 7);
+      //Log.LogError('Player ' + InttoStr(CurPlayer) + ' gets Position: ' + InttoStr(aPlayers[CurPlayer].Position));
+      Inc(CurPlayer);
+    end;
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Draws Scores and Linebonus PopUps
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.Draw;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  CurTime: Cardinal;
+  CurPopUp, LastPopUp: PScorePopUp;
+begin
+  CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+
+  If Visible then
+  begin
+    //Draw Popups
+    LastPopUp := nil;
+    CurPopUp  := FirstPopUp;
+
+    While (CurPopUp <> nil) do
+    begin
+      if (CurTime - CurPopUp.TimeStamp > Settings.Phase1Time + Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase3Time) then
+      begin
+        KillPopUp(LastPopUp, CurPopUp);
+        if (LastPopUp = nil) then
+          CurPopUp := FirstPopUp
+        else
+          CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        DrawPopUp(CurPopUp);
+        LastPopUp := CurPopUp;
+        CurPopUp  := LastPopUp.Next;
+      end;
+    end;
+
+
+    IF (RBVisible) then
+      //Draw Players w/ Rating Bar
+      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+      begin
+        DrawScore(I);
+        DrawRatingBar(I);
+      end
+    else
+      //Draw Players w/o Rating Bar
+      For I := 0 to PlayerCount-1 do
+      begin
+        DrawScore(I);
+      end;
+
+  end; //eo Visible
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Draws a Popup by Pointer
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawPopUp(const PopUp: PScorePopUp);
+var
+  Progress: Real;
+  CurTime:  Cardinal;
+  X, Y, W, H, Alpha: Real;
+  FontSize: Byte;
+  TimeDiff: Cardinal;
+  PIndex:   Byte;
+  TextLen:  Real;
+  ScoretoAdd: Word;
+  PosDiff:  Real;
+begin
+  if (PopUp <> nil) then
+  begin
+    //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+    PIndex := Players[PopUp.Player].Position;
+    If PIndex <> high(byte) then
+    begin
+      //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+      If ((Players[PopUp.Player].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) then
+      begin
+        CurTime := SDL_GetTicks;
+        If Not (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+        //Increase Timestamp with TIem where there is no Movement ...
+        begin
+          //Inc(PopUp.TimeStamp, LastRender);
+        end;
+        TimeDiff := CurTime - PopUp.TimeStamp;
+
+        //Get Position of PopUp
+        PIndex := PIndex AND 127;
+
+    
+        //Check for Phase ...
+        If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        begin
+          //Phase 1 - The Ploping up
+          Progress := TimeDiff / Settings.Phase1Time;
+
+
+          W := Positions[PIndex].PUW * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+          H := Positions[PIndex].PUH * Sin(Progress/2*Pi);
+
+          X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + (Positions[PIndex].PUW - W)/2;
+          Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + (Positions[PIndex].PUH - H)/2;
+
+          FontSize := Round(Progress * Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize);
+          Alpha := 1;
+        end
+
+        Else If (TimeDiff <= Settings.Phase2Time + Settings.Phase1Time) then
+        begin
+          //Phase 2 - The Moving
+          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time) / Settings.Phase2Time;
+
+          W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;
+          H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+          PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+          If PosDiff > 0 then
+            PosDiff := PosDiff + W;
+          X := Positions[PIndex].PUStartX + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+          PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+          If PosDiff < 0 then
+            PosDiff := PosDiff + Positions[PIndex].BGH;
+          Y := Positions[PIndex].PUStartY + PosDiff * sqr(Progress);
+
+          FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+          Alpha := 1 - 0.3 * Progress;
+        end
+
+        else
+        begin
+          //Phase 3 - The Fading out + Score adding
+          Progress := (TimeDiff - Settings.Phase1Time - Settings.Phase2Time) / Settings.Phase3Time;
+
+          If (PopUp.Rating > 0) then
+          begin
+            //Add Scores if Player Enabled
+            If (Enabled AND Players[PopUp.Player].Enabled) then
+            begin
+              ScoreToAdd := Round(PopUp.ScoreDiff * Progress) - PopUp.ScoreGiven;
+              Inc(PopUp.ScoreGiven, ScoreToAdd);
+              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed := Players[PopUp.Player].ScoreDisplayed + ScoreToAdd;
+
+              //Change Bars Position
+              aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget + ScoreToAdd/PopUp.ScoreDiff * (PopUp.Rating / 20 - 0.26);
+              If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget > 1) then
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 1
+              else If (aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget < 0) then
+                aPlayers[PopUp.Player].RBTarget := 0;
+            end;
+
+            //Set Positions etc.
+            Alpha    := 0.7 - 0.7 * Progress;
+
+            W := Positions[PIndex].PUW;
+            H := Positions[PIndex].PUH;
+
+            PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX - Positions[PIndex].PUStartX;
+            If (PosDiff > 0) then
+              PosDiff := W
+            else
+              PosDiff := 0;
+            X := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetX + PosDiff * Progress;
+
+            PosDiff := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - Positions[PIndex].PUStartY;
+            If (PosDiff < 0) then
+              PosDiff := -Positions[PIndex].BGH
+            else
+              PosDiff := 0;
+            Y := Positions[PIndex].PUTargetY - PosDiff * (1-Progress);
+
+            FontSize := Positions[PIndex].PUFontSize;
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            //Here the Effect that Should be shown if a PopUp without Score is Drawn
+            //And or Spawn with the GraphicObjects etc.
+            //Some Work for Blindy to do :P
+
+            //ATM: Just Let it Slide in the Scores just like the Normal PopUp
+            Alpha := 0;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        //Draw PopUp
+
+        if (Alpha > 0) AND (Players[PopUp.Player].Visible) then
+        begin
+          //Draw BG:
+          glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+          glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+          glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+          glColor4f(1,1,1, Alpha);
+          glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexNum);
+
+          glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(X, Y);
+            glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X, Y + H);
+            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexH); glVertex2f(X + W, Y + H);
+            glTexCoord2f(Settings.PopUpTex[PopUp.Rating].TexW, 0); glVertex2f(X + W, Y);
+          glEnd;
+
+          glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+          glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+          //Set FontStyle and Size
+          SetFontStyle(Positions[PIndex].PUFont);
+          SetFontItalic(False);
+          SetFontSize(FontSize);
+
+          //Draw Text
+          TextLen := glTextWidth(PChar(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]));
+
+          //Color and Pos
+          SetFontPos (X + (W - TextLen) / 2, Y + 12);
+          glColor4f(1, 1, 1, Alpha);
+
+          //Draw
+          glPrint(PChar(Theme.Sing.LineBonusText[PopUp.Rating]));
+        end; //eo Alpha check
+      end; //eo Right Screen
+    end; //eo Player has Position
+  end
+  else
+    Log.LogError('TSingScores: Try to Draw a not existing PopUp');
+end;
+
+//-----------
+//Procedure Draws a Score by Playerindex
+//-----------
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawScore(const Index: Integer);
+var
+  Position: PScorePosition;
+  ScoreStr: String;
+begin
+  //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+  If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+  begin
+    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+    If (((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1)) AND Players[Index].Visible then
+    begin
+      Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+      //Draw ScoreBG
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+      glColor4f(1,1,1, 1);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexNum);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexH); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY + Position.BGH);
+        glTexCoord2f(Players[Index].ScoreBG.TexW, 0); glVertex2f(Position.BGX + Position.BGW, Position.BGY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+
+      //Draw Score Text
+      SetFontStyle(Position.TextFont);
+      SetFontItalic(False);
+      SetFontSize(Position.TextSize);
+      SetFontPos(Position.TextX, Position.TextY);
+
+      ScoreStr := InttoStr(Players[Index].ScoreDisplayed div 10) + '0';
+      While (Length(ScoreStr) < 5) do
+        ScoreStr := '0' + ScoreStr;
+
+      glPrint(PChar(ScoreStr));
+
+    end; //eo Right Screen
+  end; //eo Player has Position
+end;
+
+
+Procedure TSingScores.DrawRatingBar(const Index: Integer);
+var
+  Position: PScorePosition;
+  R,G,B, Size: Real;
+  Diff: Real;
+begin
+  //Only Draw if Player has a Position
+  If Players[Index].Position <> high(byte) then
+  begin
+    //Only Draw if Player is on Cur Screen
+    If ((Players[Index].Position AND 128) = 0) = (ScreenAct = 1) AND (Players[index].RBVisible AND Players[index].Visible) then
+    begin
+      Position := @Positions[Players[Index].Position and 127];
+
+      If (Enabled AND Players[Index].Enabled) then
+      begin
+        //Move Position if Enabled
+        Diff := Players[Index].RBTarget - Players[Index].RBPos;
+        If(Abs(Diff) < 0.02) then
+          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBTarget
+        else
+          aPlayers[Index].RBPos := aPlayers[Index].RBPos + Diff*0.1;
+      end;
+
+      //Get Colors for RatingBar
+      If Players[index].RBPos <=0.22 then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := 0;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.42 then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := Players[index].RBPos*5;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.57 then
+      begin
+        R := 1;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      Else If Players[index].RBPos <=0.77 then
+      begin
+        R := 1-(Players[index].RBPos-0.57)*5;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end
+      else
+      begin
+        R := 0;
+        G := 1;
+        B := 0;
+      end;
+
+      //Enable all glFuncs Needed
+      glEnable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glEnable(GL_BLEND);
+      glBlendFunc(GL_SRC_ALPHA, GL_ONE_MINUS_SRC_ALPHA);
+
+      //Draw RatingBar BG
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.8);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexNum);
+
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY+Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_BG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX+Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      //Draw Rating bar itself
+      Size := Position.RBX + Position.RBW * Players[Index].RBPos;
+      glColor4f(R, G, B, 1);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexNum);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_Bar_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Size, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      //Draw Ratingbar FG (Teh thing with the 3 lines to get better readability)
+      glColor4f(1, 1, 1, 0.6);
+      glBindTexture(GL_TEXTURE_2D, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexNum);
+      glBegin(GL_QUADS);
+        glTexCoord2f(0, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(0, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexH);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY + Position.RBH);
+
+        glTexCoord2f(Settings.RatingBar_FG_Tex.TexW, 0);
+        glVertex2f(Position.RBX + Position.RBW, Position.RBY);
+      glEnd;
+
+      //Disable all Enabled glFuncs
+      glDisable(GL_TEXTURE_2D);
+      glDisable(GL_BLEND);
+    end; //eo Right Screen
+  end; //eo Player has Position
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/USkins.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/USkins.pas
index 5bab885b..2237c22a 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/USkins.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/USkins.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit USkins;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 type
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/USongs.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/USongs.pas
index 9e0d6ca5..614363c8 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/USongs.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/USongs.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit USongs;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses SysUtils,
@@ -225,8 +229,10 @@ begin
         ADirent := ReadDir(TheDir);
         
         if ( ADirent <> Nil                    ) AND
-           ( pos( '.txt', ADirent^.name ) > -1 ) then
+           ( pos( '.txt', ADirent^.name ) > 0 ) then
         begin
+          writeln ('***** FOUND TXT' +  ADirent^.name );
+        
           SLen := BrowsePos;
 
           Song[SLen].Path     := Dir;
@@ -244,7 +250,6 @@ begin
 
           //Change Length Only every 50 Entrys
           Inc(BrowsePos);
-
           if (BrowsePos mod 50 = 0) AND (BrowsePos <> 0) then
           begin
               SetLength(Song, Length(Song) + 50);
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UTexture.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UTexture.pas
index 76d78f5b..f1f7fe47 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UTexture.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UTexture.pas
@@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ unit UTexture;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses OpenGL12,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UThemes.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UThemes.pas
index c27f9c9e..c212e7cb 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UThemes.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UThemes.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UThemes;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UTime.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UTime.pas
index f714fed5..3b7749a2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UTime.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UTime.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ unit UTime;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 {$UNDEF DebugDisplay}
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/UVideo.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/UVideo.pas
index c18eea6c..65dbc0a2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/UVideo.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/UVideo.pas
@@ -14,12 +14,16 @@ unit UVideo;
 //{$define DebugFrames}
 //{$define Info}
 
-//{$define FFMpegAudio}
+// {$define FFMpegAudio}
 {}
 
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 (*
@@ -281,6 +285,7 @@ begin
     else
     if (AVPacket.stream_index = AudioStreamIndex ) then
     begin
+      writeln('Encue Audio packet');
       UAudio_FFMpeg.packet_queue_put(UAudio_FFMpeg.audioq, AVPacket);
     {$endif}
     end;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Classes/uPluginLoader.pas b/Game/Code/Classes/uPluginLoader.pas
index 55c89878..0fe5d51a 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Classes/uPluginLoader.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Classes/uPluginLoader.pas
@@ -8,6 +8,10 @@ unit UPluginLoader;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses UPluginDefs, UCoreModule;
diff --git a/Game/Code/Menu/UDisplay.pas b/Game/Code/Menu/UDisplay.pas
index b3529d0a..c8a0aaf2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Menu/UDisplay.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Menu/UDisplay.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UDisplay;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses {$IFDEF win32}
diff --git a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenu.pas b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenu.pas
index 08ba1e4d..84cbe8a3 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenu.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenu.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UMenu;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses OpenGL12, SysUtils, UTexture, UMenuStatic, UMenuText, UMenuButton, UMenuSelect, UMenuSelectSlide,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas
index e4c5f959..d52474e6 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuSelectSlide.pas
@@ -1,351 +1,355 @@
-unit UMenuSelectSlide;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses TextGL,

-     UTexture,

-     OpenGL12,

-     UMenuText;

-

-type

-  PSelectSlide = ^TSelectSlide;

-  TSelectSlide = class

-    private

-      SelectBool:       boolean;

-    public

-      // objects

-      Text:             TText; // Main text describing option

-      TextOpt:          array of TText; // 3 texts in the position of possible options

-      TextOptT:         array of string; // array of names for possible options

-

-      Texture:          TTexture; // Select Texture

-      TextureSBG:       TTexture; // Background Selections Texture

-//      TextureS:         array of TTexture; // Selections Texture (not used)

-

-//      TextureArrowL:    TTexture; // Texture for left arrow (not used yet)

-//      TextureArrowR:    TTexture; // Texture for right arrow (not used yet)

-

-      SelectOptInt:     integer;

-      PData:            ^integer;

-

-      //For automatically Setting LineCount

-      Lines: Byte;

-

-      //Visibility

-      Visible: Boolean;

-

-      // for selection and deselection

-      // main static

-      ColR:     real;

-      ColG:     real;

-      ColB:     real;

-      Int:      real;

-      DColR:    real;

-      DColG:    real;

-      DColB:    real;

-      DInt:     real;

-

-      // main text

-      TColR:    real;

-      TColG:    real;

-      TColB:    real;

-      TInt:     real;

-      TDColR:   real;

-      TDColG:   real;

-      TDColB:   real;

-      TDInt:    real;

-

-      // selection background static

-      SBGColR:    real;

-      SBGColG:    real;

-      SBGColB:    real;

-      SBGInt:     real;

-      SBGDColR:   real;

-      SBGDColG:   real;

-      SBGDColB:   real;

-      SBGDInt:    real;

-

-      // selection text

-      STColR:     real;

-      STColG:     real;

-      STColB:     real;

-      STInt:      real;

-      STDColR:    real;

-      STDColG:    real;

-      STDColB:    real;

-      STDInt:     real;

-      

-      // position and size

-      property X: real read Texture.x write Texture.x;

-      property Y: real read Texture.y write Texture.y;

-      property W: real read Texture.w write Texture.w;

-      property H: real read Texture.h write Texture.h;

-//      property X2: real read Texture2.x write Texture2.x;

-//      property Y2: real read Texture2.y write Texture2.y;

-//      property W2: real read Texture2.w write Texture2.w;

-//      property H2: real read Texture2.h write Texture2.h;

-

-      property SBGW: real read TextureSBG.w write TextureSBG.w;

-

-      // procedures

-      procedure SetSelect(Value: boolean);

-      property Selected: Boolean read SelectBool write SetSelect;

-      procedure SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);

-      property SelectedOption: integer read SelectOptInt write SetSelectOpt;

-      procedure Draw;

-      constructor Create;

-

-      //Automatically Generate Lines (Texts)

-      procedure genLines;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-uses UDrawTexture, math, ULog, SysUtils;

-

-// ------------ Select

-constructor TSelectSlide.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  Text := TText.Create;

-  SetLength(TextOpt, 1);

-  TextOpt[0] := TText.Create;

-

-  //Set Standard Width for Selections Background

-  SBGW := 450;

-

-  Visible := True;

-  {SetLength(TextOpt, 3);

-  TextOpt[0] := TText.Create;

-  TextOpt[1] := TText.Create;

-  TextOpt[2] := TText.Create;}

-end;

-

-procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelect(Value: boolean);

-{var

-  SO:     integer;

-  I:      integer;}

-begin

-  SelectBool := Value;

-  if Value then begin

-    Texture.ColR := ColR;

-    Texture.ColG := ColG;

-    Texture.ColB := ColB;

-    Texture.Int := Int;

-

-    Text.ColR := TColR;

-    Text.ColG := TColG;

-    Text.ColB := TColB;

-    Text.Int := TInt;

-

-    TextureSBG.ColR := SBGColR;

-    TextureSBG.ColG := SBGColG;

-    TextureSBG.ColB := SBGColB;

-    TextureSBG.Int := SBGInt;

-

-{    for I := 0 to High(TextOpt) do begin

-      TextOpt[I].ColR := STColR;

-      TextOpt[I].ColG := STColG;

-      TextOpt[I].ColB := STColB;

-      TextOpt[I].Int := STInt;

-    end;}

-

-  end else begin

-    Texture.ColR := DColR;

-    Texture.ColG := DColG;

-    Texture.ColB := DColB;

-    Texture.Int := DInt;

-

-    Text.ColR := TDColR;

-    Text.ColG := TDColG;

-    Text.ColB := TDColB;

-    Text.Int := TDInt;

-

-    TextureSBG.ColR := SBGDColR;

-    TextureSBG.ColG := SBGDColG;

-    TextureSBG.ColB := SBGDColB;

-    TextureSBG.Int := SBGDInt;

-

-{    for I := 0 to High(TextOpt) do begin

-      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;

-      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;

-      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;

-      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;

-    end;}

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);

-var

-  SO:     integer;

-  Sel:    integer;

-  HalfL:  integer;

-  HalfR:  integer;

-

-procedure DoSelection(Sel: Cardinal);

-    var I: Integer;

-  begin

-    for I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-    begin

-      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;

-      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;

-      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;

-      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;

-    end;

-    if (integer(Sel) <= high(TextOpt)) then

-    begin

-      TextOpt[Sel].ColR := STColR;

-      TextOpt[Sel].ColG := STColG;

-      TextOpt[Sel].ColB := STColB;

-      TextOpt[Sel].Int := STInt;

-    end;

-  end;

-begin

-  SelectOptInt := Value;

-  PData^ := Value;

-//  SetSelect(true); // reset all colors

-

-  if (Length(TextOpt)>0) AND (Length(TextOptT)>0) then

-  begin

-

-    if (Value <= 0) then

-    begin //First Option Selected

-      Value := 0;

-

-      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-      begin

-          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[SO];

-      end;

-

-      DoSelection(0);

-    end

-    else if (Value >= high(TextOptT)) then

-    begin //Last Option Selected

-    Value := high(TextOptT);

-

-      for SO := high(TextOpt) downto low (TextOpt) do

-      begin

-          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[high(TextOptT)-(Lines-SO-1)];

-      end;

-      DoSelection(Lines-1);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-    HalfL := Ceil((Lines-1)/2);

-    HalfR := Lines-1-HalfL;

-

-    if (Value <= HalfL) then

-    begin //Selected Option is near to the left side

-      {HalfL := Value;

-      HalfR := Lines-1-HalfL;}

-      //Change Texts

-      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-      begin

-        TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[SO];

-      end;

-

-      DoSelection(Value);

-    end

-    else if (Value > High(TextOptT)-HalfR) then

-    begin //Selected is too near to the right border

-      HalfR := high(TextOptT) - Value;

-      HalfL := Lines-1-HalfR;

-      //Change Texts

-      for SO := high(TextOpt) downto low (TextOpt) do

-      begin

-          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[high(TextOptT)-(Lines-SO-1)];

-      end;

-

-      DoSelection (HalfL);

-    end

-    else

-    begin

-      //Change Texts

-      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-      begin

-        TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[Value - HalfL + SO];

-      end;

-

-      DoSelection(HalfL);

-    end;

-

-    end;

-

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TSelectSlide.Draw;

-var

-  SO:     integer;

-begin

-  if Visible then

-  begin

-    DrawTexture(Texture);

-    DrawTexture(TextureSBG);

-

-    Text.Draw;

-

-    for SO := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-      TextOpt[SO].Draw;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TSelectSlide.GenLines;

-var

-maxlength: Real;

-I: Integer;

-begin

-  SetFontStyle(0{Text.Style});

-  SetFontSize(Text.Size);

-  maxlength := 0;

-

-  for I := low(TextOptT) to high (TextOptT) do

-  begin

-    if (glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[I])) > maxlength) then

-      maxlength := glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[I]));

-  end;

-

-  Lines := floor((TextureSBG.W-40) / (maxlength+7));

-  if (Lines > Length(TextOptT)) then

-    Lines := Length(TextOptT);

-

-  if (Lines <= 0) then

-    Lines := 1;

-

-  //Free old Space used by Texts

-  For I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-    TextOpt[I].Free;

-    

-  setLength (TextOpt, Lines);

-

-    for I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do

-    begin

-      TextOpt[I] := TText.Create;

-      TextOpt[I].Size := Text.Size;

-      //TextOpt[I].Align := 1;

-      TextOpt[I].Align := 0;

-      TextOpt[I].Visible := True;

-

-      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;

-      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;

-      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;

-      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;

-

-      //Generate Positions

-      //TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W  / Lines) * (I + 0.5);

-      if (I <> High(TextOpt)) OR (High(TextOpt) = 0) OR (Length(TextOptT) = Lines) then

-        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W  / Lines) * I

-      else

-        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W - maxlength;

-

-      TextOpt[I].Y := TextureSBG.Y + (TextureSBG.H / 2) - 1.5 * Text.Size{20};

-

-      //Better Look with 2 Options

-      if (Lines=2) AND (Length(TextOptT)= 2) then

-        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W -40 - glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[1]))) * I;

-    end;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UMenuSelectSlide;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses TextGL,
+     UTexture,
+     OpenGL12,
+     UMenuText;
+
+type
+  PSelectSlide = ^TSelectSlide;
+  TSelectSlide = class
+    private
+      SelectBool:       boolean;
+    public
+      // objects
+      Text:             TText; // Main text describing option
+      TextOpt:          array of TText; // 3 texts in the position of possible options
+      TextOptT:         array of string; // array of names for possible options
+
+      Texture:          TTexture; // Select Texture
+      TextureSBG:       TTexture; // Background Selections Texture
+//      TextureS:         array of TTexture; // Selections Texture (not used)
+
+//      TextureArrowL:    TTexture; // Texture for left arrow (not used yet)
+//      TextureArrowR:    TTexture; // Texture for right arrow (not used yet)
+
+      SelectOptInt:     integer;
+      PData:            ^integer;
+
+      //For automatically Setting LineCount
+      Lines: Byte;
+
+      //Visibility
+      Visible: Boolean;
+
+      // for selection and deselection
+      // main static
+      ColR:     real;
+      ColG:     real;
+      ColB:     real;
+      Int:      real;
+      DColR:    real;
+      DColG:    real;
+      DColB:    real;
+      DInt:     real;
+
+      // main text
+      TColR:    real;
+      TColG:    real;
+      TColB:    real;
+      TInt:     real;
+      TDColR:   real;
+      TDColG:   real;
+      TDColB:   real;
+      TDInt:    real;
+
+      // selection background static
+      SBGColR:    real;
+      SBGColG:    real;
+      SBGColB:    real;
+      SBGInt:     real;
+      SBGDColR:   real;
+      SBGDColG:   real;
+      SBGDColB:   real;
+      SBGDInt:    real;
+
+      // selection text
+      STColR:     real;
+      STColG:     real;
+      STColB:     real;
+      STInt:      real;
+      STDColR:    real;
+      STDColG:    real;
+      STDColB:    real;
+      STDInt:     real;
+      
+      // position and size
+      property X: real read Texture.x write Texture.x;
+      property Y: real read Texture.y write Texture.y;
+      property W: real read Texture.w write Texture.w;
+      property H: real read Texture.h write Texture.h;
+//      property X2: real read Texture2.x write Texture2.x;
+//      property Y2: real read Texture2.y write Texture2.y;
+//      property W2: real read Texture2.w write Texture2.w;
+//      property H2: real read Texture2.h write Texture2.h;
+
+      property SBGW: real read TextureSBG.w write TextureSBG.w;
+
+      // procedures
+      procedure SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+      property Selected: Boolean read SelectBool write SetSelect;
+      procedure SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);
+      property SelectedOption: integer read SelectOptInt write SetSelectOpt;
+      procedure Draw;
+      constructor Create;
+
+      //Automatically Generate Lines (Texts)
+      procedure genLines;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses UDrawTexture, math, ULog, SysUtils;
+
+// ------------ Select
+constructor TSelectSlide.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  Text := TText.Create;
+  SetLength(TextOpt, 1);
+  TextOpt[0] := TText.Create;
+
+  //Set Standard Width for Selections Background
+  SBGW := 450;
+
+  Visible := True;
+  {SetLength(TextOpt, 3);
+  TextOpt[0] := TText.Create;
+  TextOpt[1] := TText.Create;
+  TextOpt[2] := TText.Create;}
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelect(Value: boolean);
+{var
+  SO:     integer;
+  I:      integer;}
+begin
+  SelectBool := Value;
+  if Value then begin
+    Texture.ColR := ColR;
+    Texture.ColG := ColG;
+    Texture.ColB := ColB;
+    Texture.Int := Int;
+
+    Text.ColR := TColR;
+    Text.ColG := TColG;
+    Text.ColB := TColB;
+    Text.Int := TInt;
+
+    TextureSBG.ColR := SBGColR;
+    TextureSBG.ColG := SBGColG;
+    TextureSBG.ColB := SBGColB;
+    TextureSBG.Int := SBGInt;
+
+{    for I := 0 to High(TextOpt) do begin
+      TextOpt[I].ColR := STColR;
+      TextOpt[I].ColG := STColG;
+      TextOpt[I].ColB := STColB;
+      TextOpt[I].Int := STInt;
+    end;}
+
+  end else begin
+    Texture.ColR := DColR;
+    Texture.ColG := DColG;
+    Texture.ColB := DColB;
+    Texture.Int := DInt;
+
+    Text.ColR := TDColR;
+    Text.ColG := TDColG;
+    Text.ColB := TDColB;
+    Text.Int := TDInt;
+
+    TextureSBG.ColR := SBGDColR;
+    TextureSBG.ColG := SBGDColG;
+    TextureSBG.ColB := SBGDColB;
+    TextureSBG.Int := SBGDInt;
+
+{    for I := 0 to High(TextOpt) do begin
+      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;
+      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;
+      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;
+      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;
+    end;}
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.SetSelectOpt(Value: integer);
+var
+  SO:     integer;
+  Sel:    integer;
+  HalfL:  integer;
+  HalfR:  integer;
+
+procedure DoSelection(Sel: Cardinal);
+    var I: Integer;
+  begin
+    for I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;
+      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;
+      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;
+      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;
+    end;
+    if (integer(Sel) <= high(TextOpt)) then
+    begin
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColR := STColR;
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColG := STColG;
+      TextOpt[Sel].ColB := STColB;
+      TextOpt[Sel].Int := STInt;
+    end;
+  end;
+begin
+  SelectOptInt := Value;
+  PData^ := Value;
+//  SetSelect(true); // reset all colors
+
+  if (Length(TextOpt)>0) AND (Length(TextOptT)>0) then
+  begin
+
+    if (Value <= 0) then
+    begin //First Option Selected
+      Value := 0;
+
+      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+      begin
+          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[SO];
+      end;
+
+      DoSelection(0);
+    end
+    else if (Value >= high(TextOptT)) then
+    begin //Last Option Selected
+    Value := high(TextOptT);
+
+      for SO := high(TextOpt) downto low (TextOpt) do
+      begin
+          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[high(TextOptT)-(Lines-SO-1)];
+      end;
+      DoSelection(Lines-1);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+    HalfL := Ceil((Lines-1)/2);
+    HalfR := Lines-1-HalfL;
+
+    if (Value <= HalfL) then
+    begin //Selected Option is near to the left side
+      {HalfL := Value;
+      HalfR := Lines-1-HalfL;}
+      //Change Texts
+      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+      begin
+        TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[SO];
+      end;
+
+      DoSelection(Value);
+    end
+    else if (Value > High(TextOptT)-HalfR) then
+    begin //Selected is too near to the right border
+      HalfR := high(TextOptT) - Value;
+      HalfL := Lines-1-HalfR;
+      //Change Texts
+      for SO := high(TextOpt) downto low (TextOpt) do
+      begin
+          TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[high(TextOptT)-(Lines-SO-1)];
+      end;
+
+      DoSelection (HalfL);
+    end
+    else
+    begin
+      //Change Texts
+      for SO := low (TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+      begin
+        TextOpt[SO].Text := TextOptT[Value - HalfL + SO];
+      end;
+
+      DoSelection(HalfL);
+    end;
+
+    end;
+
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.Draw;
+var
+  SO:     integer;
+begin
+  if Visible then
+  begin
+    DrawTexture(Texture);
+    DrawTexture(TextureSBG);
+
+    Text.Draw;
+
+    for SO := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+      TextOpt[SO].Draw;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TSelectSlide.GenLines;
+var
+maxlength: Real;
+I: Integer;
+begin
+  SetFontStyle(0{Text.Style});
+  SetFontSize(Text.Size);
+  maxlength := 0;
+
+  for I := low(TextOptT) to high (TextOptT) do
+  begin
+    if (glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[I])) > maxlength) then
+      maxlength := glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[I]));
+  end;
+
+  Lines := floor((TextureSBG.W-40) / (maxlength+7));
+  if (Lines > Length(TextOptT)) then
+    Lines := Length(TextOptT);
+
+  if (Lines <= 0) then
+    Lines := 1;
+
+  //Free old Space used by Texts
+  For I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+    TextOpt[I].Free;
+    
+  setLength (TextOpt, Lines);
+
+    for I := low(TextOpt) to high(TextOpt) do
+    begin
+      TextOpt[I] := TText.Create;
+      TextOpt[I].Size := Text.Size;
+      //TextOpt[I].Align := 1;
+      TextOpt[I].Align := 0;
+      TextOpt[I].Visible := True;
+
+      TextOpt[I].ColR := STDColR;
+      TextOpt[I].ColG := STDColG;
+      TextOpt[I].ColB := STDColB;
+      TextOpt[I].Int := STDInt;
+
+      //Generate Positions
+      //TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W  / Lines) * (I + 0.5);
+      if (I <> High(TextOpt)) OR (High(TextOpt) = 0) OR (Length(TextOptT) = Lines) then
+        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W  / Lines) * I
+      else
+        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + TextureSBG.W - maxlength;
+
+      TextOpt[I].Y := TextureSBG.Y + (TextureSBG.H / 2) - 1.5 * Text.Size{20};
+
+      //Better Look with 2 Options
+      if (Lines=2) AND (Length(TextOptT)= 2) then
+        TextOpt[I].X := TextureSBG.X + 20 + (TextureSBG.W -40 - glTextWidth(PChar(TextOptT[1]))) * I;
+    end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuText.pas b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuText.pas
index 350c28de..f180a41b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuText.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Menu/UMenuText.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UMenuText;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses TextGL,
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenCredits.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenCredits.pas
index e60b9fb9..7147be2e 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenCredits.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenCredits.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenCredits;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
index 0c8244ab..e370ad67 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditConvert.pas
@@ -1,577 +1,581 @@
-unit UScreenEditConvert;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses UMenu,

-     SDL,

-     {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-     MidiFile,

-     MidiOut,

-     {$ENDIF}

-     ULog,

-     USongs,

-     UMusic,

-     UThemes;

-

-type

-  TNote = record

-    Event:        integer;

-    EventType:    integer;

-    Channel:    integer;

-    Start:    real;

-    Len:      real;

-    Data1:    integer;

-    Data2:    integer;

-    Str:      string;

-  end;

-

-  TTrack = record

-    Note:     array of TNote;

-    Name:     string;

-    Hear:     boolean;

-    Status:   byte;     // 0 - none, 1 - notes, 2 - lyrics, 3 - notes + lyrics

-  end;

-

-  TNuta = record

-    Start:    integer;

-    Len:      integer;

-    Tone:     integer;

-    Lyric:    string;

-    NewSentence:  boolean;

-  end;

-

-  TArrayTrack = array of TTrack;

-

-  TScreenEditConvert = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      ATrack:             TArrayTrack; // actual track

-//      Track:              TArrayTrack;

-      Channel:            TArrayTrack;

-      ColR:               array[0..100] of real;

-      ColG:               array[0..100] of real;

-      ColB:               array[0..100] of real;

-      Len:                real;

-      Sel:                integer;

-      Selected:           boolean;

-//      FileName:           string;

-

-      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-      MidiFile:           TMidiFile;

-      MidiTrack:          TMidiTrack;

-      MidiEvent:          pMidiEvent;

-      MidiOut:            TMidiOutput;

-      {$ENDIF}

-      

-      Song:               TSong;

-      Czesc:              TCzesci;

-      BPM:                real;

-      Ticks:              real;

-      Nuta:               array of TNuta;

-

-      procedure AddLyric(Start: integer; Tekst: string);

-      procedure Extract;

-

-      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-      procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);

-      {$ENDIF}

-      

-      function SelectedNumber: integer;

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure onHide; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-uses UGraphic,

-     SysUtils,

-     UDrawTexture,

-     TextGL,

-     UFiles,

-     UMain,

-     UIni,

-     OpenGL12,

-     USkins;

-

-function TScreenEditConvert.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  T:    integer;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-          MidiFile.StopPlaying;

-      {$ENDIF}

-          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;

-          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          if Interaction = 0 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            ScreenOpen.BackScreen := @ScreenEditConvert;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenOpen);

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 1 then

-          begin

-            Selected := false;

-      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-            MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;

-//            MidiFile.GoToTime(MidiFile.GetTrackLength div 2);

-            MidiFile.StartPlaying;

-            {$ENDIF}

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 2 then begin

-            Selected := true;

-            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-            MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := nil;

-            {$ENDIF}

-            {for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin

-              if ATrack[T].Hear then begin

-                MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);

-                MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;

-              end;

-            end;

-            MidiFile.StartPlaying;//}

-          end;

-

-          if Interaction = 3 then begin

-            if SelectedNumber > 0 then begin

-              Extract;

-              SaveSong(Song, Czesc, ChangeFileExt(FileName, '.txt'), false);

-            end;

-          end;

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_SPACE:

-        begin

-//          ATrack[Sel].Hear := not ATrack[Sel].Hear;

-          ATrack[Sel].Status := (ATrack[Sel].Status + 1) mod 4;

-

-{          if Selected then begin

-            MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(Sel);

-            if Track[Sel].Hear then

-              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent

-            else

-              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;

-          end;}

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          InteractNext;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          InteractPrev;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-          Inc(Sel);

-          if Sel > High(ATrack) then Sel := 0;

-        end;

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-          Dec(Sel);

-          if Sel < 0 then Sel := High(ATrack);

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditConvert.AddLyric(Start: integer; Tekst: string);

-var

-  N:    integer;

-begin

-  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do begin

-    if Nuta[N].Start = Start then begin

-      // check for new sentece

-      if Copy(Tekst, 1, 1) = '\' then Delete(Tekst, 1, 1);

-      if Copy(Tekst, 1, 1) = '/' then begin

-        Delete(Tekst, 1, 1);

-        Nuta[N].NewSentence := true;

-      end;

-

-      // overwrite lyric od append

-      if Nuta[N].Lyric = '-' then

-        Nuta[N].Lyric := Tekst

-      else

-        Nuta[N].Lyric := Nuta[N].Lyric + Tekst;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditConvert.Extract;

-var

-  T:    integer;

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-  Nu:   integer;

-  NutaTemp: TNuta;

-  Move: integer;

-  Max, Min: integer;

-begin

-  // song info

-  Song.Title := '';

-  Song.Artist := '';

-  Song.Mp3 := '';

-  Song.Resolution := 4;

-  SetLength(Song.BPM, 1);

-  Song.BPM[0].BPM := BPM*4;

-

-  SetLength(Nuta, 0);

-

-  // extract notes

-  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin

-//    if ATrack[T].Hear then begin

-    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then begin

-      for N := 0 to High(ATrack[T].Note) do begin

-        if (ATrack[T].Note[N].EventType = 9) and (ATrack[T].Note[N].Data2 > 0) then begin

-          Nu := Length(Nuta);

-          SetLength(Nuta, Nu + 1);

-          Nuta[Nu].Start := Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks);

-          Nuta[Nu].Len := Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Len / Ticks);

-          Nuta[Nu].Tone := ATrack[T].Note[N].Data1 - 12*5;

-          Nuta[Nu].Lyric := '-';

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  // extract lyrics

-  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin

-//    if ATrack[T].Hear then begin

-    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 2) and 1) = 1 then begin

-      for N := 0 to High(ATrack[T].Note) do begin

-        if (ATrack[T].Note[N].EventType = 15) then begin

-//          Log.LogStatus('<' + Track[T].Note[N].Str + '>', 'MIDI');

-          AddLyric(Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks), ATrack[T].Note[N].Str);

-        end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  // sort notes

-  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do

-    for Nu := 0 to High(Nuta)-1 do

-      if Nuta[Nu].Start > Nuta[Nu+1].Start then begin

-        NutaTemp := Nuta[Nu];

-        Nuta[Nu] := Nuta[Nu+1];

-        Nuta[Nu+1] := NutaTemp;

-      end;

-

-  // move to 0 at beginning

-  Move := Nuta[0].Start;

-  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do

-    Nuta[N].Start := Nuta[N].Start - Move;

-

-  // copy notes

-  SetLength(Czesc.Czesc, 1);

-  Czesc.Ilosc := 1;

-  Czesc.High := 0;

-

-  C := 0;

-  N := 0;

-  Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := 0;

-  Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := -1;

-

-  for Nu := 0 to High(Nuta) do begin

-    if Nuta[Nu].NewSentence then begin // nowa linijka

-      SetLength(Czesc.Czesc, Length(Czesc.Czesc)+1);

-      Czesc.Ilosc := Czesc.Ilosc + 1;

-      Czesc.High := Czesc.High + 1;

-      C := C + 1;

-      N := 0;

-      SetLength(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta, 0);

-      Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := 0;

-      Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := -1;

-

-      //Calculate Start of the Last Sentence

-      if (C > 0) and (Nu > 0) then

-      begin

-        Max := Nuta[Nu].Start;

-        Min := Nuta[Nu-1].Start + Nuta[Nu-1].Len;

-        

-        case (Max - Min) of

-          0:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;

-          1:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;

-          2:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max - 1;

-          3:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max - 2;

-          else

-            if ((Max - Min) > 4) then

-              Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Min + 2

-            else

-              Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;

-

-        end; // case

-

-      end;

-    end;

-

-    // tworzy miejsce na nowa nute

-    SetLength(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta, Length(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta)+1);

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut + 1;

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut + 1;

-

-    // dopisuje

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start := Nuta[Nu].Start;

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Nuta[Nu].Len;

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton := Nuta[Nu].Tone;

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Nuta[Nu].Lyric;

-    //All Notes are Freestyle when Converted Fix:

-    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Wartosc := 1;

-    Inc(N);

-  end;

-end;

-

-function TScreenEditConvert.SelectedNumber: integer;

-var

-  T:    integer; // track

-begin

-  Result := 0;

-  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do

-//    if ATrack[T].Hear then Inc(Result);

-    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then Inc(Result);

-end;

-

-{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-procedure TScreenEditConvert.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);

-begin

-//  Log.LogStatus(IntToStr(event.event), 'MIDI');

-  MidiOut.PutShort(event.event, event.data1, event.data2);

-end;

-{$ENDIF}

-

-constructor TScreenEditConvert.Create;

-var

-  P:  integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(15, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Open');

-//  Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;

-

-  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play');

-

-  AddButton(280, 20, 200, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play Selected');

-

-  AddButton(500, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));

-  AddButtonText(20, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Save');

-

-

-{  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);

-//  MidiOut.Close;

-//  MidiOut.DeviceID := 0;

-  if Ini.Debug = 1 then

-    MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table

-  Log.LogStatus(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');

-  MidiOut.Open;

-//  MidiOut.SetVolume(100, 100); // temporary}

-

-  FileName := GamePath + 'file.mid';

-  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-  MidiFile := TMidiFile.Create(nil);

-  {$ENDIF}

-

-  for P := 0 to 100 do begin

-    ColR[P] := Random(10)/10;

-    ColG[P] := Random(10)/10;

-    ColB[P] := Random(10)/10;

-  end;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditConvert.onShow;

-var

-  T:    integer; // track

-  N:    integer; // note

-  C:    integer; // channel

-  CN:   integer; // channel note

-begin

-{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);

-  if Ini.Debug = 1 then

-    MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table

-  Log.LogStatus(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');

-  MidiOut.Open;

-

-

-  if FileExists(FileName) then

-  begin

-    MidiFile.Filename := FileName;

-    MidiFile.ReadFile;

-

-

-    Len := 0;

-    Sel := 0;

-    BPM := MidiFile.Bpm;

-    Ticks := MidiFile.TicksPerQuarter / 4;

-

-{    for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do begin

-      SetLength(Track, Length(Track)+1);

-      MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);

-      MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;

-      Track[T].Name := MidiTrack.getName;

-

-      for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do begin

-        SetLength(Track[T].Note, Length(Track[T].Note)+1);

-        MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);

-        Track[T].Note[N].Start := MidiEvent.time;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Len := MidiEvent.len;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Event := MidiEvent.event;

-        Track[T].Note[N].EventType := MidiEvent.event div 16;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Channel := MidiEvent.event and 15;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Data1 := MidiEvent.data1;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Data2 := MidiEvent.data2;

-        Track[T].Note[N].Str := MidiEvent.str;

-

-        if Track[T].Note[N].Start + Track[T].Note[N].Len > Len then

-          Len := Track[T].Note[N].Start + Track[T].Note[N].Len;

-      end;

-    end;}

-

-

-    SetLength(Channel, 16);

-    for T := 0 to 15 do

-    begin

-      Channel[T].Name := IntToStr(T+1);

-      SetLength(Channel[T].Note, 0);

-      Channel[T].Status := 0;

-    end;

-

-    for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do begin

-      MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);

-      MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;

-

-      for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do begin

-        MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);

-        C := MidiEvent.event and 15;

-

-        CN := Length(Channel[C].Note);

-        SetLength(Channel[C].Note, CN+1);

-

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Start := MidiEvent.time;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Len := MidiEvent.len;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Event := MidiEvent.event;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].EventType := MidiEvent.event div 16;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Channel := MidiEvent.event and 15;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Data1 := MidiEvent.data1;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Data2 := MidiEvent.data2;

-        Channel[C].Note[CN].Str := MidiEvent.str;

-

-        if Channel[C].Note[CN].Start + Channel[C].Note[CN].Len > Len then

-          Len := Channel[C].Note[CN].Start + Channel[C].Note[CN].Len;

-      end;

-    end;

-    ATrack := Channel;

-

-  end;

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-{$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-function TScreenEditConvert.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Pet:    integer;

-  Pet2:   integer;

-  Bottom: real;

-  X:      real;

-  Y:      real;

-  H:      real;

-  YSkip:  real;

-begin

-  // draw static menu

-  inherited Draw;

-

-  Y := 100;

-

-  H := Length(ATrack)*40;

-  if H > 480 then H := 480;

-  Bottom := Y + H;

-

-  YSkip := H / Length(ATrack);

-

-  // select

-  DrawQuad(10, Y+Sel*YSkip, 780, YSkip, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8);

-

-  // selected - now me use Status System

-  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do

-    if ATrack[Pet].Hear then

-      DrawQuad(10, Y+Pet*YSkip, 50, YSkip, 0.8, 0.3, 0.3);

-  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);

-  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin

-    if ((ATrack[Pet].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then begin

-      SetFontPos(25, Y + Pet*YSkip + 10);

-      SetFontSize(5);

-      glPrint('N');

-    end;

-    if ((ATrack[Pet].Status div 2) and 1) = 1 then begin

-      SetFontPos(40, Y + Pet*YSkip + 10);

-      SetFontSize(5);

-      glPrint('L');

-    end;

-  end;

-

-  DrawLine(10, Y,   10, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);

-  DrawLine(60, Y,   60, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);

-  DrawLine(790, Y, 790, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);

-

-  for Pet := 0 to Length(ATrack) do

-    DrawLine(10, Y+Pet*YSkip, 790, Y+Pet*YSkip, 0, 0, 0);

-

-  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin

-    SetFontPos(11, Y + 10 + Pet*YSkip);

-    SetFontSize(5);

-    glPrint(pchar(ATrack[Pet].Name));

-  end;

-

-  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do

-    for Pet2 := 0 to High(ATrack[Pet].Note) do begin

-      if ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].EventType = 9 then

-        DrawQuad(60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + (Pet+1)*YSkip - ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Data1*35/127, 3, 3, ColR[Pet], ColG[Pet], ColB[Pet]);

-      if ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].EventType = 15 then

-        DrawLine(60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + 0.75 * YSkip + Pet*YSkip, 60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + YSkip + Pet*YSkip, ColR[Pet], ColG[Pet], ColB[Pet]);

-    end;

-

-  // playing line

-  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-  X := 60 + MidiFile.GetCurrentTime/MidiFile.GetTrackLength*730;

-  {$ENDIF}

-  DrawLine(X, Y, X, Bottom, 0.3, 0.3, 0.3);

-

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditConvert.onHide;

-begin

-{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-  MidiOut.Close;

-  MidiOut.Free;

-{$ENDIF}

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenEditConvert;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses UMenu,
+     SDL,
+     {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+     MidiFile,
+     MidiOut,
+     {$ENDIF}
+     ULog,
+     USongs,
+     UMusic,
+     UThemes;
+
+type
+  TNote = record
+    Event:        integer;
+    EventType:    integer;
+    Channel:    integer;
+    Start:    real;
+    Len:      real;
+    Data1:    integer;
+    Data2:    integer;
+    Str:      string;
+  end;
+
+  TTrack = record
+    Note:     array of TNote;
+    Name:     string;
+    Hear:     boolean;
+    Status:   byte;     // 0 - none, 1 - notes, 2 - lyrics, 3 - notes + lyrics
+  end;
+
+  TNuta = record
+    Start:    integer;
+    Len:      integer;
+    Tone:     integer;
+    Lyric:    string;
+    NewSentence:  boolean;
+  end;
+
+  TArrayTrack = array of TTrack;
+
+  TScreenEditConvert = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      ATrack:             TArrayTrack; // actual track
+//      Track:              TArrayTrack;
+      Channel:            TArrayTrack;
+      ColR:               array[0..100] of real;
+      ColG:               array[0..100] of real;
+      ColB:               array[0..100] of real;
+      Len:                real;
+      Sel:                integer;
+      Selected:           boolean;
+//      FileName:           string;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiFile:           TMidiFile;
+      MidiTrack:          TMidiTrack;
+      MidiEvent:          pMidiEvent;
+      MidiOut:            TMidiOutput;
+      {$ENDIF}
+      
+      Song:               TSong;
+      Czesc:              TCzesci;
+      BPM:                real;
+      Ticks:              real;
+      Nuta:               array of TNuta;
+
+      procedure AddLyric(Start: integer; Tekst: string);
+      procedure Extract;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      procedure MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+      {$ENDIF}
+      
+      function SelectedNumber: integer;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure onHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses UGraphic,
+     SysUtils,
+     UDrawTexture,
+     TextGL,
+     UFiles,
+     UMain,
+     UIni,
+     OpenGL12,
+     USkins;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  T:    integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          MidiFile.StopPlaying;
+      {$ENDIF}
+          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          if Interaction = 0 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            ScreenOpen.BackScreen := @ScreenEditConvert;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOpen);
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 1 then
+          begin
+            Selected := false;
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+//            MidiFile.GoToTime(MidiFile.GetTrackLength div 2);
+            MidiFile.StartPlaying;
+            {$ENDIF}
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 2 then begin
+            Selected := true;
+            {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+            MidiFile.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+            {$ENDIF}
+            {for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin
+              if ATrack[T].Hear then begin
+                MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);
+                MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+              end;
+            end;
+            MidiFile.StartPlaying;//}
+          end;
+
+          if Interaction = 3 then begin
+            if SelectedNumber > 0 then begin
+              Extract;
+              SaveSong(Song, Czesc, ChangeFileExt(FileName, '.txt'), false);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+//          ATrack[Sel].Hear := not ATrack[Sel].Hear;
+          ATrack[Sel].Status := (ATrack[Sel].Status + 1) mod 4;
+
+{          if Selected then begin
+            MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(Sel);
+            if Track[Sel].Hear then
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent
+            else
+              MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := nil;
+          end;}
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          InteractNext;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          InteractPrev;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          Inc(Sel);
+          if Sel > High(ATrack) then Sel := 0;
+        end;
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          Dec(Sel);
+          if Sel < 0 then Sel := High(ATrack);
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.AddLyric(Start: integer; Tekst: string);
+var
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do begin
+    if Nuta[N].Start = Start then begin
+      // check for new sentece
+      if Copy(Tekst, 1, 1) = '\' then Delete(Tekst, 1, 1);
+      if Copy(Tekst, 1, 1) = '/' then begin
+        Delete(Tekst, 1, 1);
+        Nuta[N].NewSentence := true;
+      end;
+
+      // overwrite lyric od append
+      if Nuta[N].Lyric = '-' then
+        Nuta[N].Lyric := Tekst
+      else
+        Nuta[N].Lyric := Nuta[N].Lyric + Tekst;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.Extract;
+var
+  T:    integer;
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  Nu:   integer;
+  NutaTemp: TNuta;
+  Move: integer;
+  Max, Min: integer;
+begin
+  // song info
+  Song.Title := '';
+  Song.Artist := '';
+  Song.Mp3 := '';
+  Song.Resolution := 4;
+  SetLength(Song.BPM, 1);
+  Song.BPM[0].BPM := BPM*4;
+
+  SetLength(Nuta, 0);
+
+  // extract notes
+  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin
+//    if ATrack[T].Hear then begin
+    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then begin
+      for N := 0 to High(ATrack[T].Note) do begin
+        if (ATrack[T].Note[N].EventType = 9) and (ATrack[T].Note[N].Data2 > 0) then begin
+          Nu := Length(Nuta);
+          SetLength(Nuta, Nu + 1);
+          Nuta[Nu].Start := Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks);
+          Nuta[Nu].Len := Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Len / Ticks);
+          Nuta[Nu].Tone := ATrack[T].Note[N].Data1 - 12*5;
+          Nuta[Nu].Lyric := '-';
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // extract lyrics
+  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin
+//    if ATrack[T].Hear then begin
+    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 2) and 1) = 1 then begin
+      for N := 0 to High(ATrack[T].Note) do begin
+        if (ATrack[T].Note[N].EventType = 15) then begin
+//          Log.LogStatus('<' + Track[T].Note[N].Str + '>', 'MIDI');
+          AddLyric(Round(ATrack[T].Note[N].Start / Ticks), ATrack[T].Note[N].Str);
+        end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  // sort notes
+  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do
+    for Nu := 0 to High(Nuta)-1 do
+      if Nuta[Nu].Start > Nuta[Nu+1].Start then begin
+        NutaTemp := Nuta[Nu];
+        Nuta[Nu] := Nuta[Nu+1];
+        Nuta[Nu+1] := NutaTemp;
+      end;
+
+  // move to 0 at beginning
+  Move := Nuta[0].Start;
+  for N := 0 to High(Nuta) do
+    Nuta[N].Start := Nuta[N].Start - Move;
+
+  // copy notes
+  SetLength(Czesc.Czesc, 1);
+  Czesc.Ilosc := 1;
+  Czesc.High := 0;
+
+  C := 0;
+  N := 0;
+  Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := 0;
+  Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := -1;
+
+  for Nu := 0 to High(Nuta) do begin
+    if Nuta[Nu].NewSentence then begin // nowa linijka
+      SetLength(Czesc.Czesc, Length(Czesc.Czesc)+1);
+      Czesc.Ilosc := Czesc.Ilosc + 1;
+      Czesc.High := Czesc.High + 1;
+      C := C + 1;
+      N := 0;
+      SetLength(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta, 0);
+      Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := 0;
+      Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := -1;
+
+      //Calculate Start of the Last Sentence
+      if (C > 0) and (Nu > 0) then
+      begin
+        Max := Nuta[Nu].Start;
+        Min := Nuta[Nu-1].Start + Nuta[Nu-1].Len;
+        
+        case (Max - Min) of
+          0:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;
+          1:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;
+          2:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max - 1;
+          3:    Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max - 2;
+          else
+            if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+              Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Min + 2
+            else
+              Czesc.Czesc[C].Start := Max;
+
+        end; // case
+
+      end;
+    end;
+
+    // tworzy miejsce na nowa nute
+    SetLength(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta, Length(Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta)+1);
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut := Czesc.Czesc[C].IlNut + 1;
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut := Czesc.Czesc[C].HighNut + 1;
+
+    // dopisuje
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start := Nuta[Nu].Start;
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Nuta[Nu].Len;
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton := Nuta[Nu].Tone;
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Nuta[Nu].Lyric;
+    //All Notes are Freestyle when Converted Fix:
+    Czesc.Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Wartosc := 1;
+    Inc(N);
+  end;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.SelectedNumber: integer;
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+begin
+  Result := 0;
+  for T := 0 to High(ATrack) do
+//    if ATrack[T].Hear then Inc(Result);
+    if ((ATrack[T].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then Inc(Result);
+end;
+
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.MidiFile1MidiEvent(event: PMidiEvent);
+begin
+//  Log.LogStatus(IntToStr(event.event), 'MIDI');
+  MidiOut.PutShort(event.event, event.data1, event.data2);
+end;
+{$ENDIF}
+
+constructor TScreenEditConvert.Create;
+var
+  P:  integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  AddButton(40, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(15, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Open');
+//  Button[High(Button)].Text[0].Size := 11;
+
+  AddButton(160, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play');
+
+  AddButton(280, 20, 200, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(25, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Play Selected');
+
+  AddButton(500, 20, 100, 40, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'));
+  AddButtonText(20, 5, 0, 0, 0, 'Save');
+
+
+{  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+//  MidiOut.Close;
+//  MidiOut.DeviceID := 0;
+  if Ini.Debug = 1 then
+    MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table
+  Log.LogStatus(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');
+  MidiOut.Open;
+//  MidiOut.SetVolume(100, 100); // temporary}
+
+  FileName := GamePath + 'file.mid';
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiFile := TMidiFile.Create(nil);
+  {$ENDIF}
+
+  for P := 0 to 100 do begin
+    ColR[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColG[P] := Random(10)/10;
+    ColB[P] := Random(10)/10;
+  end;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.onShow;
+var
+  T:    integer; // track
+  N:    integer; // note
+  C:    integer; // channel
+  CN:   integer; // channel note
+begin
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+  if Ini.Debug = 1 then
+    MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table
+  Log.LogStatus(MidiOut.ProductName, 'MIDI');
+  MidiOut.Open;
+
+
+  if FileExists(FileName) then
+  begin
+    MidiFile.Filename := FileName;
+    MidiFile.ReadFile;
+
+
+    Len := 0;
+    Sel := 0;
+    BPM := MidiFile.Bpm;
+    Ticks := MidiFile.TicksPerQuarter / 4;
+
+{    for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do begin
+      SetLength(Track, Length(Track)+1);
+      MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);
+      MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+      Track[T].Name := MidiTrack.getName;
+
+      for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do begin
+        SetLength(Track[T].Note, Length(Track[T].Note)+1);
+        MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);
+        Track[T].Note[N].Start := MidiEvent.time;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Len := MidiEvent.len;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Event := MidiEvent.event;
+        Track[T].Note[N].EventType := MidiEvent.event div 16;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Channel := MidiEvent.event and 15;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Data1 := MidiEvent.data1;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Data2 := MidiEvent.data2;
+        Track[T].Note[N].Str := MidiEvent.str;
+
+        if Track[T].Note[N].Start + Track[T].Note[N].Len > Len then
+          Len := Track[T].Note[N].Start + Track[T].Note[N].Len;
+      end;
+    end;}
+
+
+    SetLength(Channel, 16);
+    for T := 0 to 15 do
+    begin
+      Channel[T].Name := IntToStr(T+1);
+      SetLength(Channel[T].Note, 0);
+      Channel[T].Status := 0;
+    end;
+
+    for T := 0 to MidiFile.NumberOfTracks-1 do begin
+      MidiTrack := MidiFile.GetTrack(T);
+      MidiTrack.OnMidiEvent := MidiFile1MidiEvent;
+
+      for N := 0 to MidiTrack.getEventCount-1 do begin
+        MidiEvent := MidiTrack.GetEvent(N);
+        C := MidiEvent.event and 15;
+
+        CN := Length(Channel[C].Note);
+        SetLength(Channel[C].Note, CN+1);
+
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Start := MidiEvent.time;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Len := MidiEvent.len;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Event := MidiEvent.event;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].EventType := MidiEvent.event div 16;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Channel := MidiEvent.event and 15;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Data1 := MidiEvent.data1;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Data2 := MidiEvent.data2;
+        Channel[C].Note[CN].Str := MidiEvent.str;
+
+        if Channel[C].Note[CN].Start + Channel[C].Note[CN].Len > Len then
+          Len := Channel[C].Note[CN].Start + Channel[C].Note[CN].Len;
+      end;
+    end;
+    ATrack := Channel;
+
+  end;
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditConvert.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Pet:    integer;
+  Pet2:   integer;
+  Bottom: real;
+  X:      real;
+  Y:      real;
+  H:      real;
+  YSkip:  real;
+begin
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  Y := 100;
+
+  H := Length(ATrack)*40;
+  if H > 480 then H := 480;
+  Bottom := Y + H;
+
+  YSkip := H / Length(ATrack);
+
+  // select
+  DrawQuad(10, Y+Sel*YSkip, 780, YSkip, 0.8, 0.8, 0.8);
+
+  // selected - now me use Status System
+  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do
+    if ATrack[Pet].Hear then
+      DrawQuad(10, Y+Pet*YSkip, 50, YSkip, 0.8, 0.3, 0.3);
+  glColor3f(0, 0, 0);
+  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin
+    if ((ATrack[Pet].Status div 1) and 1) = 1 then begin
+      SetFontPos(25, Y + Pet*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(5);
+      glPrint('N');
+    end;
+    if ((ATrack[Pet].Status div 2) and 1) = 1 then begin
+      SetFontPos(40, Y + Pet*YSkip + 10);
+      SetFontSize(5);
+      glPrint('L');
+    end;
+  end;
+
+  DrawLine(10, Y,   10, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine(60, Y,   60, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+  DrawLine(790, Y, 790, Bottom, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Pet := 0 to Length(ATrack) do
+    DrawLine(10, Y+Pet*YSkip, 790, Y+Pet*YSkip, 0, 0, 0);
+
+  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do begin
+    SetFontPos(11, Y + 10 + Pet*YSkip);
+    SetFontSize(5);
+    glPrint(pchar(ATrack[Pet].Name));
+  end;
+
+  for Pet := 0 to High(ATrack) do
+    for Pet2 := 0 to High(ATrack[Pet].Note) do begin
+      if ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].EventType = 9 then
+        DrawQuad(60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + (Pet+1)*YSkip - ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Data1*35/127, 3, 3, ColR[Pet], ColG[Pet], ColB[Pet]);
+      if ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].EventType = 15 then
+        DrawLine(60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + 0.75 * YSkip + Pet*YSkip, 60 + ATrack[Pet].Note[Pet2].Start/Len * 725, Y + YSkip + Pet*YSkip, ColR[Pet], ColG[Pet], ColB[Pet]);
+    end;
+
+  // playing line
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  X := 60 + MidiFile.GetCurrentTime/MidiFile.GetTrackLength*730;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  DrawLine(X, Y, X, Bottom, 0.3, 0.3, 0.3);
+
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditConvert.onHide;
+begin
+{$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  MidiOut.Free;
+{$ENDIF}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditSub.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
index d24fdede..6dcb1f5f 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenEditSub.pas
@@ -1,1373 +1,1376 @@
-unit UScreenEditSub;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-    UMenu,

-    UMusic,

-    SDL,

-    SysUtils,

-    UFiles,

-    UTime,

-    USongs,

-    UIni,

-    ULog,

-    UTexture,

-    UMenuText,

-    ULyrics_bak,

-    Math,

-    OpenGL12,

-    {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-    MidiOut,

-    {$ENDIF}

-    UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenEditSub = class(TMenu)

-    private

-      //Variable is True if no SOng is loaded 

-      Error:        Boolean;

-      

-      TextNote:     integer;

-      TextSentence: integer;

-      TextTitle:    integer;

-      TextArtist:   integer;

-      TextMp3:      integer;

-      TextBPM:      integer;

-      TextGAP:      integer;

-      TextDebug:    integer;

-      TextNStart:   integer;

-      TextNDlugosc: integer;

-      TextNTon:     integer;

-      TextNText:    integer;

-      AktNuta:      integer;

-      PlaySentence: boolean;

-      PlaySentenceMidi: boolean;

-      PlayStopTime: real;

-      LastClick:    integer;

-      Click:        boolean;

-      CopySrc:      integer;

-

-      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-      MidiOut:      TMidiOutput;

-      {$endif}

-

-      MidiStart:    real;

-      MidiStop:     real;

-      MidiTime:     real;

-      MidiPos:      real;

-      MidiLastNote: integer;

-

-      TextEditMode: boolean;

-

-      procedure NewBeat;

-      procedure CzesciDivide;

-      procedure CzesciMultiply;

-      procedure LyricsCapitalize;

-      procedure LyricsCorrectSpaces;

-      procedure FixTimings;

-      procedure DivideSentence;

-      procedure JoinSentence;

-      procedure DivideNote;

-      procedure DeleteNote;

-      procedure TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);

-      procedure ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);

-      procedure MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);

-      procedure MoveTextToRight;

-      procedure MarkSrc;

-      procedure PasteText;

-      procedure CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);

-      procedure CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);

-      //Note Name Mod

-      function GetNoteName(Note: Integer): String;

-    public

-      Tex_Background:     TTexture;

-      FadeOut:            boolean;

-      Path:               string;

-      FileName:           string;

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-      function Draw: boolean; override;

-      procedure onHide; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-uses UGraphic, UDraw, UMain, USkins, ULanguage;

-

-// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow

-// should be checked to know the next window to load;

-function TScreenEditSub.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  SDL_ModState:  Word;

-  R:    real;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-

-  if TextEditMode then begin

-    Result := ParseInputEditText(PressedKey, ScanCode, PressedDown);

-  end else begin

-

-  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT

-    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});

-

-  If (PressedDown) then begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_BACKQUOTE:

-        begin

-          // Increase Note Length (same as Alt + Right)

-          Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-          if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then

-            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_EQUALS:

-        begin

-          // Increase BPM

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) + 1) / 5; // (1/20)

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM + 4; // (1/1)

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) + 1) / 25; // (1/100)

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_MINUS:

-        begin

-          // Decrease BPM

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) - 1) / 5;

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM - 4;

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then

-            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) - 1) / 25;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_0:

-        begin

-          // Increase GAP

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP + 10;

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP + 1000;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_9:

-        begin

-          // Decrease GAP

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP - 10;

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP - 1000;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_KP_PLUS:

-        begin

-          // Increase tone of all notes

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            ChangeWholeTone(1);

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            ChangeWholeTone(12);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_KP_MINUS:

-        begin

-          // Decrease tone of all notes

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            ChangeWholeTone(-1);

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            ChangeWholeTone(-12);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_SLASH:

-        begin

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            // Insert start of sentece

-            if AktNuta > 0 then

-              DivideSentence;

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            // Join next sentence with current

-            if Czesci[0].Akt < Czesci[0].High  then

-              JoinSentence;

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            // divide note

-            DivideNote;

-          end;

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_S:

-        begin

-          // Save Song

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            SaveSong(AktSong, Czesci[0], Path + FileName, true)

-          else

-            SaveSong(AktSong, Czesci[0], Path + FileName, false);

-

-          {if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LALT then

-            // Save Song

-            SaveSongDebug(AktSong, Czesci[0], 'C:\song.asm', false);}

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_D:

-        begin

-          // Divide lengths by 2

-          CzesciDivide;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_M:

-        begin

-          // Multiply lengths by 2

-          CzesciMultiply;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_C:

-        begin

-          // Capitalize letter at the beginning of line

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then

-            LyricsCapitalize;

-

-          // Correct spaces

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then

-            LyricsCorrectSpaces;

-

-          // Copy sentence

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then

-            MarkSrc;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_V:

-        begin

-          // Paste text

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut >= Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].IlNut then

-              PasteText

-            else

-              beep;

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_4:

-        begin

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Czesci[0].Akt+1);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Czesci[0].Akt+2);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Czesci[0].Akt+3);

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then begin

-            CopySentences(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt, 4);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_5:

-        begin

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Czesci[0].Akt+1);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Czesci[0].Akt+2);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Czesci[0].Akt+3);

-            CopySentence(CopySrc+4, Czesci[0].Akt+4);

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then begin

-            CopySentences(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt, 5);

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_T:

-        begin

-          // Fixes timings between sentences

-          FixTimings;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_F4:

-        begin

-          // Enter Text Edit Mode

-          TextEditMode := true;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_P:

-        begin

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            // Play Sentence

-            Click := true;

-            AudioPlayback.Stop;

-            R := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            if R <= AudioPlayback.Length then begin

-              AudioPlayback.MoveTo(R);

-              PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-              PlaySentence := true;

-              AudioPlayback.Play;

-              LastClick := -100;

-            end;

-          end;

-

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            PlaySentenceMidi := true;

-

-            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;

-            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-

-            LastClick := -100;

-          end;

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            PlaySentenceMidi := true;

-            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;

-            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-            LastClick := -100;

-

-            PlaySentence := true;

-            Click := true;

-            AudioPlayback.Stop;

-            AudioPlayback.MoveTo(GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote)+0{-0.10});

-            PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec)+0;

-            AudioPlayback.Play;

-            LastClick := -100;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_SPACE:

-        begin

-          // Play Sentence

-          PlaySentenceMidi := false; // stop midi

-          PlaySentence := true;

-          Click := false;

-          AudioPlayback.Stop;

-          AudioPlayback.MoveTo(GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start));

-          PlayStopTime := (GetTimeFromBeat(

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start +

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc));

-          AudioPlayback.Play;

-          LastClick := -100;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LCTRL:

-        begin

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DELETE:

-        begin

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            // moves text to right in current sentence

-            DeleteNote;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_PERIOD:

-        begin

-          // moves text to right in current sentence

-          MoveTextToRight;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          // right

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Inc(AktNuta);

-            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut then AktNuta := 0;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;

-          end;

-

-          // ctrl + right

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc > 1 then begin

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-              if AktNuta = 0 then begin

-                Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);

-                Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-              end;

-            end;

-          end;

-

-          // shift + right

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-            if AktNuta = 0 then begin

-              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);

-              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            end;

-            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then

-              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-          end;

-

-          // alt + right

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then begin

-            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then

-              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-          end;

-

-          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to right

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            MoveAllToEnd(1);

-          end;

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          // left

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Dec(AktNuta);

-            if AktNuta = -1 then AktNuta := Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;

-          end;

-

-          // ctrl + left

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-            if AktNuta = 0 then begin

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            end;

-          end;

-

-          // shift + left

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-

-            // resizing sentences

-            if AktNuta = 0 then begin

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);

-            end;

-

-            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-

-          end;

-

-          // alt + left

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then begin

-            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc > 1 then begin

-              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-              if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then

-                Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);

-            end;

-          end;

-

-          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to left

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin

-            MoveAllToEnd(-1);

-          end;

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_DOWN:

-        begin

-          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-          // skip to next sentence

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);

-            PlaySentenceMidi := false;

-

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Inc(Czesci[0].Akt);

-            AktNuta := 0;

-            if Czesci[0].Akt > Czesci[0].High then Czesci[0].Akt := 0;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-

-            Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);

-            Lyric.Selected := 0;

-            AudioPlayback.Stop;

-            PlaySentence := false;

-          end;

-

-          // decrease tone

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            TransposeNote(-1);

-          end;

-          {$endif}

-

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_UP:

-        begin

-          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-          // skip to previous sentence

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);

-            PlaySentenceMidi := false;

-

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Dec(Czesci[0].Akt);

-            AktNuta := 0;

-            if Czesci[0].Akt = -1 then Czesci[0].Akt := Czesci[0].High;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-

-            Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);

-            Lyric.Selected := 0;

-            AudioPlayback.Stop;

-            PlaySentence := false;

-          end;

-

-          // increase tone

-          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin

-            TransposeNote(1);

-          end;

-          {$endif}

-        end;

-

-      // Golden Note Patch

-      SDLK_G:

-        begin

-          case Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc of

-            0: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 2;

-            1: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 2;

-            2: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 1;

-          end; // case

-          Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := False;

-        end;

-

-      // Freestyle Note Patch

-      SDLK_F:

-        begin

-           case Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc of

-            0:

-            begin;

-              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 1;

-              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := False;

-            end;

-            1,2:

-            begin;

-              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 0;

-              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := True;

-            end;

-          end; // case

-

-        end;

-

-

-      end;

-    end;

-  end; // if

-end;

-

-function TScreenEditSub.ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-  SDL_ModState:  Word;

-begin

-  // used when in Text Edit Mode

-  Result := true;

-

-  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT

-    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});

-

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE:

-        begin

-          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);

-        end;

-      SDLK_F4, SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          // Exit Text Edit Mode

-          TextEditMode := false;

-        end;

-      SDLK_0..SDLK_9, SDLK_A..SDLK_Z, SDLK_SPACE, SDLK_MINUS, SDLK_EXCLAIM, SDLK_COMMA, SDLK_SLASH, SDLK_ASTERISK, SDLK_QUESTION, SDLK_QUOTE, SDLK_QUOTEDBL:

-        begin

-          Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst :=

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst + chr(ScanCode);

-        end;

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE:

-        begin

-          Delete(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst,

-            Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst), 1);

-        end;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          // right

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Inc(AktNuta);

-            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut then AktNuta := 0;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          // left

-          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;

-            Dec(AktNuta);

-            if AktNuta = -1 then AktNuta := Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut;

-            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;

-          end;

-      end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.NewBeat;

-begin

-    // click

-{    for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do

-  if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = Czas.AktBeat) then begin

-      // old}

-//    Music.PlayClick;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.CzesciDivide;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-begin                    

-  AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM / 2;

-  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start :=     Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start div 2;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote div 2;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec :=    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec div 2;

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start :=   Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start div 2;

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Round(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc / 2);

-    end; // N

-  end; // C

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.CzesciMultiply;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-begin

-  AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 2;

-  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start :=     Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start * 2;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote * 2;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec :=    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec * 2;

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start :=   Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start * 2;

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc * 2;

-    end; // N

-  end; // C

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCapitalize;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer; // temporary

-  S:    string;

-begin

-  // temporary

-{  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := AnsiLowerCase(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst);}

-

-  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    S := AnsiUpperCase(Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 1, 1));

-    S := S + Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 2, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst)-1);

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := S;

-  end; // C

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCorrectSpaces;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-begin

-  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    // correct starting spaces in the first word

-    while Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 1, 1) = ' ' do

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 2, 100);

-

-    // move spaces on the start to the end of the previous note

-    for N := 1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      while (Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 1, 1) = ' ') do begin

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 2, 100);

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst + ' ';

-      end;

-    end; // N

-

-    // correct '-'  to '- '

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      if Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst = '-' then

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := '- ';

-    end; // N

-

-    // add space to the previous note when the current word is '- '

-    for N := 1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      if Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst  = '- ' then

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst + ' ';

-    end; // N

-

-    // correct too many spaces at the end of note

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      while Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst)-1, 2) = '  ' do

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 1, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst)-1);

-    end; // N

-

-    // and correct if there is no space at the end of sentence

-    N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;

-    if Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst), 1) <> ' ' then

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst + ' ';

-

-  end; // C

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.FixTimings;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  S:    integer;

-  Min:  integer;

-  Max:  integer;

-begin

-  for C := 1 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    with Czesci[0].Czesc[C-1] do begin

-      Min := Nuta[HighNut].Start + Nuta[HighNut].Dlugosc;

-      Max := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote;

-      case (Max - Min) of

-        0:    S := Max;

-        1:    S := Max;

-        2:    S := Max - 1;

-        3:    S := Max - 2;

-        else

-          if ((Max - Min) > 4) then

-            S := Min + 2

-          else

-            S := Max;

-      end; // case

-

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start := S;

-    end; // with

-  end; // for

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideSentence;

-var

-  C:      integer;

-  CStart: integer;

-  CNew:   integer;

-  CLen:   integer;

-  N:      integer;

-  NStart: integer;

-  NHigh:  integer;

-  NNewL:  integer;

-begin

-  // increase sentence length by 1

-  CLen := Length(Czesci[0].Czesc);

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, CLen + 1);

-  Inc(Czesci[0].Ilosc);

-  Inc(Czesci[0].High);

-

-  // move needed sentences to one forward. newly has the copy of divided sentence

-  CStart := Czesci[0].Akt;

-  for C := CLen-1 downto CStart do

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C];

-

-  // clear and set new sentence

-  CNew := CStart + 1;

-  NStart := AktNuta;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart].Start;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart].Start;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Lyric := '';

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].LyricWidth := 0;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Koniec := 0;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := 0; // 0.5.0: we modify it later in this procedure

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut := 0;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].HighNut := -1;

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta, 0);

-

-  // move right notes to new sentences

-  NHigh := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut;

-  for N := NStart to NHigh do begin

-    NNewL := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut;

-    SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta, NNewL + 1);

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL] := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[N];

-

-    // increase sentence counters

-    Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut);

-    Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].HighNut);

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL].Start +

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL].Dlugosc;

-  end;

-

-  // clear old notes and set sentence counters

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut := NStart - 1;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut + 1;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart-1].Start +

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart-1].Dlugosc;

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].IlNut);

-

-  // 0.5.0: modify BaseNote

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := 120;

-  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut do

-    if Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[N].Ton < Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote then

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[N].Ton;

-

-  Czesci[0].Akt := Czesci[0].Akt + 1;

-  AktNuta := 0;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-  Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.JoinSentence;

-var

-  C:      integer;

-  N:      integer;

-  NStart: integer;

-  NDst:   integer;

-begin

-  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-

-  // set new sentence

-  NStart := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut + Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].IlNut;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut + Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].IlNut;

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);

-

-  // move right notes to new sentences

-  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].HighNut do begin

-    NDst := NStart + N;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].Nuta[N];

-  end;

-

-  // increase sentence counters

-  NDst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst].Start +

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst].Dlugosc;

-

-  // move needed sentences to one backward.

-  for C := Czesci[0].Akt + 1 to Czesci[0].High - 1 do

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1];

-

-  // increase sentence length by 1

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc) - 1);

-  Dec(Czesci[0].Ilosc);

-  Dec(Czesci[0].High);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideNote;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-  NLen: integer;

-begin

-  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-

-  NLen := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut + 1;

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, NLen);

-  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut);

-  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);

-

-  // we copy all notes including selected one

-  for N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut downto AktNuta+1 do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1];

-  end;

-

-  // me slightly modify new note

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc := 1;

-  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Start);

-  Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Dlugosc);

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Tekst := '- ';

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Color := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.DeleteNote;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-  NLen: integer;

-begin

-  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-

-  //Do Not delete Last Note

-  if (Czesci[0].High > 0) OR (Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut > 0) then

-  begin

-

-    // we copy all notes from the next to the selected one

-    for N := AktNuta+1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N];

-    end;

-

-    NLen := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut - 1;

-

-    if (NLen > 0) then

-    begin

-      SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, NLen);

-      Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut);

-      Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);

-

-

-      // me slightly modify new note

-      if AktNuta > Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut then Dec(AktNuta);

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-    end

-    //Last Note of current Sentence Deleted - > Delete Sentence

-    else

-    begin

-      //Move all Sentences after the current to the Left

-      for N := C+1 to Czesci[0].High do

-        Czesci[0].Czesc[N-1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[N];

-

-      //Delete Last Sentence

-      SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Czesci[0].High);

-      Czesci[0].High := High(Czesci[0].Czesc);

-      Czesci[0].Ilosc := Length(Czesci[0].Czesc);

-

-      AktNuta := 0;

-      if (C > 0) then

-        Czesci[0].Akt := C - 1

-      else

-        Czesci[0].Akt := 0;

-

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);

-begin

-  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton, Transpose);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);

-var

-  C:  integer;

-  N:  integer;

-begin

-  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].BaseNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].BaseNote + Tone;

-    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do

-      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton + Tone;

-  end;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-  NStart: integer;

-begin

-  for C := Czesci[0].Akt to Czesci[0].High do begin

-    NStart := 0;

-    if C = Czesci[0].Akt then NStart := AktNuta;

-    for N := NStart to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin

-      Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start, Move); // move note start

-

-      if N = 0 then begin // fix beginning

-        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start, Move);

-        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote, Move);

-      end;

-

-      if N = Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut then // fix ending

-        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec, Move);

-

-    end; // for

-  end; // for

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveTextToRight;

-var

-  C:      integer;

-  N:      integer;

-  NHigh:  integer;

-begin

-{  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-

-  for N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut downto 1 do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst;

-  end; // for

-

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := '- ';}

-

-  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-  NHigh := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;

-

-  // last word

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh-1].Tekst + Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh].Tekst;

-

-  // other words

-  for N := NHigh - 1 downto AktNuta + 1 do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst;

-  end; // for

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst := '- ';

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.MarkSrc;

-begin

-  CopySrc := Czesci[0].Akt;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.PasteText;

-var

-  C:    integer;

-  N:    integer;

-begin

-  C := Czesci[0].Akt;

-

-  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].HighNut do

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].Nuta[N].Tekst;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);

-var

-  N:      integer;

-  Time1:  integer;

-  Time2:  integer;

-  TD:  integer;

-begin

-  Time1 := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[0].Start;

-  Time2 := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[0].Start;

-  TD := Time2-Time1;

-

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].IlNut);

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].IlNut;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].HighNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut;

-  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Tekst;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Dlugosc;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Ton := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Ton;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Start + TD;

-  end;

-  N := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut;

-  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Start + Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Dlugosc;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);

-var

-  C:      integer;

-begin

-  Lyric := TLyric.Create;

-  // create place for new sentences

-  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Czesci[0].Ilosc + Num - 1);

-

-  // moves sentences next to the destination

-  for C := Czesci[0].High downto Dst + 1 do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[C + Num - 1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C];

-  end;

-

-  // prepares new sentences: sets sentence start and create first note

-  for C := 1 to Num-1 do begin

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C - 1].StartNote +

-      (Czesci[0].Czesc[Src + C].StartNote - Czesci[0].Czesc[Src + C - 1].StartNote);

-    SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta, 1);

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].IlNut := 1;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].HighNut := 0;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta[0].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta[0].Dlugosc := 1;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start + 1;

-  end;

-

-  // increase counters

-  Czesci[0].Ilosc := Czesci[0].Ilosc + Num - 1;

-  Czesci[0].High := Czesci[0].High + Num - 1;

-

-  for C := 0 to Num-1 do

-    CopySentence(Src + C, Dst + C);

-end;

-

-

-constructor TScreenEditSub.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  SetLength(Player, 1);

-

-  // linijka

-  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');

-  AddText(40, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Line');

-  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');

-

-  // nuta

-  AddStatic(220, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');

-  AddText(242, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Note');

-  TextNote := AddText(320, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');

-

-  // file info

-  AddStatic(150, 50, 500, 150, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Bar'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');

-  AddStatic(151, 52, 498, 146,  1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Bar'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');

-  AddText(180, 65,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');

-  AddText(180, 90,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');

-  AddText(180, 115, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Mp3:');

-  AddText(180, 140, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');

-  AddText(180, 165, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');

-

-  TextTitle :=  AddText(250, 65,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');

-  TextArtist := AddText(250, 90,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'b');

-  TextMp3 :=    AddText(250, 115, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'c');

-  TextBPM :=    AddText(250, 140, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'd');

-  TextGAP :=    AddText(250, 165, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'e');

-

-{  AddInteraction(2, TextTitle);

-  AddInteraction(2, TextArtist);

-  AddInteraction(2, TextMp3);

-  AddInteraction(2, TextBPM);

-  AddInteraction(2, TextGAP);}

-

-  // note info

-  AddText(20, 190,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');

-  AddText(20, 215,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Duration:');

-  AddText(20, 240,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Tone:');

-  AddText(20, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Text:');

-

-  TextNStart :=   AddText(120, 190,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');

-  TextNDlugosc := AddText(120, 215,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'b');

-  TextNTon :=     AddText(120, 240,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'c');

-  TextNText :=    AddText(120, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'd');

-

-  // debug

-  TextDebug :=  AddText(30, 550, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, '');

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.onShow;

-begin

-  Log.LogStatus('Initializing', 'TEditScreen.onShow');

-

-  try

-    ResetSingTemp;

-    Error := not LoadSong(Path + FileName);

-  except

-    Error := True;

-  end;

-

-  if Error then

-  begin

-    //Error Loading Song -> Go back to Song Screen and Show some Error Message

-    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);

-    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));

-    Exit;

-  end

-  else begin

-  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-    MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);

-    if Ini.Debug = 1 then

-      MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table

-    MidiOut.Open;

-  {$ENDIF}

-    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   AktSong.Title;

-    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  AktSong.Artist;

-    Text[TextMp3].Text :=     AktSong.Mp3;

-

-    Czesci[0].Akt := 0;

-    AktNuta := 0;

-    Czesci[0].Czesc[0].Nuta[0].Color := 1;

-

-    AudioPlayback.Open(Path + AktSong.Mp3);

-    //Set Down Music Volume for Better hearability of Midi Sounds

-    //Music.SetVolume(40);

-    

-    Lyric.Clear;

-    Lyric.X := 400;

-    Lyric.Y := 500;

-    Lyric.Align := 1;

-    Lyric.Size := 14;

-    Lyric.ColR := 0;

-    Lyric.ColG := 0;

-    Lyric.ColB := 0;

-    Lyric.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;

-    Lyric.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;

-    Lyric.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;

-    Lyric.Style := 0;

-    Lyric.AddCzesc(0);

-    Lyric.Selected := 0;

-

-    NotesH := 7;

-    NotesW := 4;

-

-  end;

-

-//  Interaction := 0;

-  TextEditMode := false;

-end;

-

-function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;

-var

-  Min:    integer;

-  Sec:    integer;

-  Tekst:  string;

-  Pet:    integer;

-  AktBeat:  integer;

-begin

-  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);

-

-  // midi music

-  if PlaySentenceMidi then begin

-    MidiPos := USTime.GetTime - MidiTime + MidiStart;

-

-    {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-    // stop the music

-    if (MidiPos > MidiStop) then begin

-      MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);

-      PlaySentenceMidi := false;

-    end;

-    {$ENDIF}

-

-    // click

-    AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(MidiPos - AktSong.GAP / 1000));

-    Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);

-

-    if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin

-      for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do

-        if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then

-        begin

-

-          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-          LastClick := AktBeat;

-          if Pet > 0 then

-            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet-1].Ton + 60, 127);

-          MidiOut.PutShort($91, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Ton + 60, 127);

-          MidiLastNote := Pet;

-          {$ENDIF}

-

-        end;

-    end;

-  end; // if PlaySentenceMidi

-

-  // mp3 music

-  if PlaySentence then begin

-    // stop the music

-    if (AudioPlayback.Position > PlayStopTime) then

-    begin

-      AudioPlayback.Stop;

-      PlaySentence := false;

-    end;

-

-    // click

-    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then begin

-//      AktBeat := Floor(AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - AktSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);

-      AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(AudioPlayback.Position - AktSong.GAP / 1000));

-      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);

-      if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin

-        for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do

-          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayClick;

-            LastClick := AktBeat;

-          end;

-      end;

-    end; // click

-  end; // if PlaySentence

-  

-

-  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);

-  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut);

-

-  // Song info

-  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(AktSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);

-  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(AktSong.GAP);

-

-  //Error reading Variables when no Song is loaded

-  if not Error then

-  begin

-    // Note info

-    Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);

-    Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);

-    Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton) + ' ( ' + GetNoteName(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton) + ' )';

-    Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst;

-  end;

-

-  // Text Edit Mode

-  if TextEditMode then

-    Text[TextNText].Text := Text[TextNText].Text + '|'; 

-

-  // draw static menu

-  inherited Draw;

-

-  // draw notes

-  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);

-  //Error Drawing when no Song is loaded

-  if not Error then

-  begin

-    SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);

-    EditDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0, 15);

-  end;

-

-  // draw text

-  Lyric.Draw;

-

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenEditSub.onHide;

-begin

-  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}

-  MidiOut.Close;

-  MidiOut.Free;

-  {$ENDIF}

-  //Music.SetVolume(100);

-end;

-

-function TScreenEditSub.GetNoteName(Note: Integer): String;

-var N1, N2: Integer;

-begin

-  if (Note > 0) then

-  begin

-    N1 := Note mod 12;

-    N2 := Note div 12;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    N1 := (Note + (-Trunc(Note/12)+1)*12) mod 12;

-    N2 := -1;

-  end;

-

-

-

-  case N1 of

-    0: Result := 'c';

-    1: Result := 'c#';

-    2: Result := 'd';

-    3: Result := 'd#';

-    4: Result := 'e';

-    5: Result := 'f';

-    6: Result := 'f#';

-    7: Result := 'g';

-    8: Result := 'g#';

-    9: Result := 'a';

-    10: Result := 'b';

-    11: Result := 'h';

-  end;

-

-  case N2 of

-    0: Result := UpperCase(Result); //Normal Uppercase Note, 1: Normal lowercase Note

-    2: Result := Result + '''';     //One Striped

-    3: Result := Result + '''''';   //Two Striped

-    4: Result := Result + ''''''''; //etc.

-    5: Result := Result + '''''''''';

-    6: Result := Result + '''''''''''';

-    7: Result := Result + '''''''''''''';

-  end;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenEditSub;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+    UMenu,
+    UMusic,
+    SDL,
+    SysUtils,
+    UFiles,
+    UTime,
+    USongs,
+    UIni,
+    ULog,
+    UTexture,
+    UMenuText,
+    ULyrics_bak,
+    Math,
+    OpenGL12,
+    {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiOut,
+    {$ENDIF}
+    UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenEditSub = class(TMenu)
+    private
+      //Variable is True if no SOng is loaded 
+      Error:        Boolean;
+      
+      TextNote:     integer;
+      TextSentence: integer;
+      TextTitle:    integer;
+      TextArtist:   integer;
+      TextMp3:      integer;
+      TextBPM:      integer;
+      TextGAP:      integer;
+      TextDebug:    integer;
+      TextNStart:   integer;
+      TextNDlugosc: integer;
+      TextNTon:     integer;
+      TextNText:    integer;
+      AktNuta:      integer;
+      PlaySentence: boolean;
+      PlaySentenceMidi: boolean;
+      PlayStopTime: real;
+      LastClick:    integer;
+      Click:        boolean;
+      CopySrc:      integer;
+
+      {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+      MidiOut:      TMidiOutput;
+      {$endif}
+
+      MidiStart:    real;
+      MidiStop:     real;
+      MidiTime:     real;
+      MidiPos:      real;
+      MidiLastNote: integer;
+
+      TextEditMode: boolean;
+
+      procedure NewBeat;
+      procedure CzesciDivide;
+      procedure CzesciMultiply;
+      procedure LyricsCapitalize;
+      procedure LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+      procedure FixTimings;
+      procedure DivideSentence;
+      procedure JoinSentence;
+      procedure DivideNote;
+      procedure DeleteNote;
+      procedure TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+      procedure ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+      procedure MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+      procedure MoveTextToRight;
+      procedure MarkSrc;
+      procedure PasteText;
+      procedure CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+      procedure CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+      //Note Name Mod
+      function GetNoteName(Note: Integer): String;
+    public
+      Tex_Background:     TTexture;
+      FadeOut:            boolean;
+      Path:               string;
+      FileName:           string;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+      function Draw: boolean; override;
+      procedure onHide; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+uses UGraphic, UDraw, UMain, USkins, ULanguage;
+
+// Method for input parsing. If False is returned, GetNextWindow
+// should be checked to know the next window to load;
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  Word;
+  R:    real;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  if TextEditMode then begin
+    Result := ParseInputEditText(PressedKey, ScanCode, PressedDown);
+  end else begin
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  If (PressedDown) then begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_BACKQUOTE:
+        begin
+          // Increase Note Length (same as Alt + Right)
+          Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+          if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then
+            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_EQUALS:
+        begin
+          // Increase BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) + 1) / 5; // (1/20)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM + 4; // (1/1)
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) + 1) / 25; // (1/100)
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease BPM
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 5) - 1) / 5;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM - 4;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := Round((AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 25) - 1) / 25;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_0:
+        begin
+          // Increase GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP + 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP + 1000;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_9:
+        begin
+          // Decrease GAP
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP - 10;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            AktSong.GAP := AktSong.GAP - 1000;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_PLUS:
+        begin
+          // Increase tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_KP_MINUS:
+        begin
+          // Decrease tone of all notes
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-1);
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            ChangeWholeTone(-12);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SLASH:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            // Insert start of sentece
+            if AktNuta > 0 then
+              DivideSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            // Join next sentence with current
+            if Czesci[0].Akt < Czesci[0].High  then
+              JoinSentence;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            // divide note
+            DivideNote;
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_S:
+        begin
+          // Save Song
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            SaveSong(AktSong, Czesci[0], Path + FileName, true)
+          else
+            SaveSong(AktSong, Czesci[0], Path + FileName, false);
+
+          {if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LALT then
+            // Save Song
+            SaveSongDebug(AktSong, Czesci[0], 'C:\song.asm', false);}
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_D:
+        begin
+          // Divide lengths by 2
+          CzesciDivide;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_M:
+        begin
+          // Multiply lengths by 2
+          CzesciMultiply;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_C:
+        begin
+          // Capitalize letter at the beginning of line
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then
+            LyricsCapitalize;
+
+          // Correct spaces
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then
+            LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+
+          // Copy sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then
+            MarkSrc;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_V:
+        begin
+          // Paste text
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut >= Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].IlNut then
+              PasteText
+            else
+              beep;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_4:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Czesci[0].Akt+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Czesci[0].Akt+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Czesci[0].Akt+3);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt, 4);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_5:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            CopySentence(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+1, Czesci[0].Akt+1);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+2, Czesci[0].Akt+2);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+3, Czesci[0].Akt+3);
+            CopySentence(CopySrc+4, Czesci[0].Akt+4);
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_LALT then begin
+            CopySentences(CopySrc, Czesci[0].Akt, 5);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_T:
+        begin
+          // Fixes timings between sentences
+          FixTimings;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_F4:
+        begin
+          // Enter Text Edit Mode
+          TextEditMode := true;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_P:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            // Play Sentence
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            R := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            if R <= AudioPlayback.Length then begin
+              AudioPlayback.MoveTo(R);
+              PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+              PlaySentence := true;
+              AudioPlayback.Play;
+              LastClick := -100;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT or KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            PlaySentenceMidi := true;
+            MidiTime := USTime.GetTime;
+            MidiStart := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            MidiStop := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+            LastClick := -100;
+
+            PlaySentence := true;
+            Click := true;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            AudioPlayback.MoveTo(GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote)+0{-0.10});
+            PlayStopTime := GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec)+0;
+            AudioPlayback.Play;
+            LastClick := -100;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_SPACE:
+        begin
+          // Play Sentence
+          PlaySentenceMidi := false; // stop midi
+          PlaySentence := true;
+          Click := false;
+          AudioPlayback.Stop;
+          AudioPlayback.MoveTo(GetTimeFromBeat(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start));
+          PlayStopTime := (GetTimeFromBeat(
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start +
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc));
+          AudioPlayback.Play;
+          LastClick := -100;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LCTRL:
+        begin
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DELETE:
+        begin
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            // moves text to right in current sentence
+            DeleteNote;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_PERIOD:
+        begin
+          // moves text to right in current sentence
+          MoveTextToRight;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Inc(AktNuta);
+            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut then AktNuta := 0;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc > 1 then begin
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+              if AktNuta = 0 then begin
+                Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);
+                Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+              end;
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+            if AktNuta = 0 then begin
+              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);
+              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            end;
+            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then
+              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then begin
+            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then
+              Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to right
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Dec(AktNuta);
+            if AktNuta = -1 then AktNuta := Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;
+          end;
+
+          // ctrl + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+            Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+            if AktNuta = 0 then begin
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // shift + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+
+            // resizing sentences
+            if AktNuta = 0 then begin
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Start);
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].StartNote);
+            end;
+
+            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+
+          end;
+
+          // alt + left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT then begin
+            if Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc > 1 then begin
+              Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+              if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut then
+                Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Koniec);
+            end;
+          end;
+
+          // alt + ctrl + shift + right = move all from cursor to left
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_LSHIFT then begin
+            MoveAllToEnd(-1);
+          end;
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_DOWN:
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          // skip to next sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Inc(Czesci[0].Akt);
+            AktNuta := 0;
+            if Czesci[0].Akt > Czesci[0].High then Czesci[0].Akt := 0;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+
+            Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // decrease tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            TransposeNote(-1);
+          end;
+          {$endif}
+
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_UP:
+        begin
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          // skip to previous sentence
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);
+            PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Dec(Czesci[0].Akt);
+            AktNuta := 0;
+            if Czesci[0].Akt = -1 then Czesci[0].Akt := Czesci[0].High;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+
+            Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);
+            Lyric.Selected := 0;
+            AudioPlayback.Stop;
+            PlaySentence := false;
+          end;
+
+          // increase tone
+          if SDL_ModState = KMOD_LCTRL then begin
+            TransposeNote(1);
+          end;
+          {$endif}
+        end;
+
+      // Golden Note Patch
+      SDLK_G:
+        begin
+          case Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc of
+            0: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 2;
+            1: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 2;
+            2: Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 1;
+          end; // case
+          Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := False;
+        end;
+
+      // Freestyle Note Patch
+      SDLK_F:
+        begin
+           case Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc of
+            0:
+            begin;
+              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 1;
+              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := False;
+            end;
+            1,2:
+            begin;
+              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Wartosc := 0;
+              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Freestyle := True;
+            end;
+          end; // case
+
+        end;
+
+
+      end;
+    end;
+  end; // if
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.ParseInputEditText(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+  SDL_ModState:  Word;
+begin
+  // used when in Text Edit Mode
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT {+ KMOD_CAPS});
+
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE:
+        begin
+          FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+        end;
+      SDLK_F4, SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          // Exit Text Edit Mode
+          TextEditMode := false;
+        end;
+      SDLK_0..SDLK_9, SDLK_A..SDLK_Z, SDLK_SPACE, SDLK_MINUS, SDLK_EXCLAIM, SDLK_COMMA, SDLK_SLASH, SDLK_ASTERISK, SDLK_QUESTION, SDLK_QUOTE, SDLK_QUOTEDBL:
+        begin
+          Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst :=
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst + chr(ScanCode);
+        end;
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE:
+        begin
+          Delete(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst,
+            Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst), 1);
+        end;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          // right
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Inc(AktNuta);
+            if AktNuta = Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut then AktNuta := 0;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          // left
+          if SDL_ModState = 0 then begin
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 0;
+            Dec(AktNuta);
+            if AktNuta = -1 then AktNuta := Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut;
+            Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+            Lyric.Selected := AktNuta;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.NewBeat;
+begin
+    // click
+{    for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+  if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = Czas.AktBeat) then begin
+      // old}
+//    Music.PlayClick;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CzesciDivide;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin                    
+  AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM / 2;
+  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start :=     Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start div 2;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote div 2;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec :=    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec div 2;
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start :=   Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start div 2;
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Round(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc / 2);
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CzesciMultiply;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  AktSong.BPM[0].BPM := AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * 2;
+  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start :=     Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start * 2;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote * 2;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec :=    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec * 2;
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start :=   Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start * 2;
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Dlugosc * 2;
+    end; // N
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCapitalize;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer; // temporary
+  S:    string;
+begin
+  // temporary
+{  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := AnsiLowerCase(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst);}
+
+  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    S := AnsiUpperCase(Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 1, 1));
+    S := S + Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 2, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst)-1);
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := S;
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.LyricsCorrectSpaces;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    // correct starting spaces in the first word
+    while Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 1, 1) = ' ' do
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst, 2, 100);
+
+    // move spaces on the start to the end of the previous note
+    for N := 1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      while (Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 1, 1) = ' ') do begin
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 2, 100);
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst + ' ';
+      end;
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct '-'  to '- '
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      if Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst = '-' then
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := '- ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // add space to the previous note when the current word is '- '
+    for N := 1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      if Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst  = '- ' then
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst + ' ';
+    end; // N
+
+    // correct too many spaces at the end of note
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      while Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst)-1, 2) = '  ' do
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, 1, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst)-1);
+    end; // N
+
+    // and correct if there is no space at the end of sentence
+    N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;
+    if Copy(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst), 1) <> ' ' then
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst + ' ';
+
+  end; // C
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.FixTimings;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  S:    integer;
+  Min:  integer;
+  Max:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 1 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    with Czesci[0].Czesc[C-1] do begin
+      Min := Nuta[HighNut].Start + Nuta[HighNut].Dlugosc;
+      Max := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote;
+      case (Max - Min) of
+        0:    S := Max;
+        1:    S := Max;
+        2:    S := Max - 1;
+        3:    S := Max - 2;
+        else
+          if ((Max - Min) > 4) then
+            S := Min + 2
+          else
+            S := Max;
+      end; // case
+
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start := S;
+    end; // with
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  CStart: integer;
+  CNew:   integer;
+  CLen:   integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+  NNewL:  integer;
+begin
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  CLen := Length(Czesci[0].Czesc);
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, CLen + 1);
+  Inc(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Inc(Czesci[0].High);
+
+  // move needed sentences to one forward. newly has the copy of divided sentence
+  CStart := Czesci[0].Akt;
+  for C := CLen-1 downto CStart do
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C];
+
+  // clear and set new sentence
+  CNew := CStart + 1;
+  NStart := AktNuta;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart].Start;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart].Start;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Lyric := '';
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].LyricWidth := 0;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Koniec := 0;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := 0; // 0.5.0: we modify it later in this procedure
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut := 0;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].HighNut := -1;
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta, 0);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  NHigh := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut;
+  for N := NStart to NHigh do begin
+    NNewL := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut;
+    SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta, NNewL + 1);
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL] := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[N];
+
+    // increase sentence counters
+    Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut);
+    Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].HighNut);
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL].Start +
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[NNewL].Dlugosc;
+  end;
+
+  // clear old notes and set sentence counters
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut := NStart - 1;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].HighNut + 1;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart-1].Start +
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta[NStart-1].Dlugosc;
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[CStart].IlNut);
+
+  // 0.5.0: modify BaseNote
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := 120;
+  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].IlNut do
+    if Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[N].Ton < Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote then
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].BaseNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[CNew].Nuta[N].Ton;
+
+  Czesci[0].Akt := Czesci[0].Akt + 1;
+  AktNuta := 0;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+  Lyric.AddCzesc(Czesci[0].Akt);
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.JoinSentence;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+  NDst:   integer;
+begin
+  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+
+  // set new sentence
+  NStart := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut + Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].IlNut;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut + Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].IlNut;
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);
+
+  // move right notes to new sentences
+  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].HighNut do begin
+    NDst := NStart + N;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1].Nuta[N];
+  end;
+
+  // increase sentence counters
+  NDst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst].Start +
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NDst].Dlugosc;
+
+  // move needed sentences to one backward.
+  for C := Czesci[0].Akt + 1 to Czesci[0].High - 1 do
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C+1];
+
+  // increase sentence length by 1
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Length(Czesci[0].Czesc) - 1);
+  Dec(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Dec(Czesci[0].High);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DivideNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  NLen: integer;
+begin
+  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+
+  NLen := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut + 1;
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, NLen);
+  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut);
+  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);
+
+  // we copy all notes including selected one
+  for N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut downto AktNuta+1 do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1];
+  end;
+
+  // me slightly modify new note
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc := 1;
+  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Start);
+  Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Dlugosc);
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Tekst := '- ';
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta+1].Color := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.DeleteNote;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  NLen: integer;
+begin
+  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+
+  //Do Not delete Last Note
+  if (Czesci[0].High > 0) OR (Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut > 0) then
+  begin
+
+    // we copy all notes from the next to the selected one
+    for N := AktNuta+1 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N];
+    end;
+
+    NLen := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut - 1;
+
+    if (NLen > 0) then
+    begin
+      SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta, NLen);
+      Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut);
+      Dec(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].IlNut);
+
+
+      // me slightly modify new note
+      if AktNuta > Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut then Dec(AktNuta);
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+    end
+    //Last Note of current Sentence Deleted - > Delete Sentence
+    else
+    begin
+      //Move all Sentences after the current to the Left
+      for N := C+1 to Czesci[0].High do
+        Czesci[0].Czesc[N-1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[N];
+
+      //Delete Last Sentence
+      SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Czesci[0].High);
+      Czesci[0].High := High(Czesci[0].Czesc);
+      Czesci[0].Ilosc := Length(Czesci[0].Czesc);
+
+      AktNuta := 0;
+      if (C > 0) then
+        Czesci[0].Akt := C - 1
+      else
+        Czesci[0].Akt := 0;
+
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Color := 1;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.TransposeNote(Transpose: integer);
+begin
+  Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton, Transpose);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.ChangeWholeTone(Tone: integer);
+var
+  C:  integer;
+  N:  integer;
+begin
+  for C := 0 to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].BaseNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].BaseNote + Tone;
+    for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do
+      Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Ton + Tone;
+  end;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveAllToEnd(Move: integer);
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+  NStart: integer;
+begin
+  for C := Czesci[0].Akt to Czesci[0].High do begin
+    NStart := 0;
+    if C = Czesci[0].Akt then NStart := AktNuta;
+    for N := NStart to Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut do begin
+      Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Start, Move); // move note start
+
+      if N = 0 then begin // fix beginning
+        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Start, Move);
+        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].StartNote, Move);
+      end;
+
+      if N = Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut then // fix ending
+        Inc(Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Koniec, Move);
+
+    end; // for
+  end; // for
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MoveTextToRight;
+var
+  C:      integer;
+  N:      integer;
+  NHigh:  integer;
+begin
+{  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+
+  for N := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut downto 1 do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst;
+  end; // for
+
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[0].Tekst := '- ';}
+
+  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+  NHigh := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].HighNut;
+
+  // last word
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh-1].Tekst + Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[NHigh].Tekst;
+
+  // other words
+  for N := NHigh - 1 downto AktNuta + 1 do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N-1].Tekst;
+  end; // for
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst := '- ';
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.MarkSrc;
+begin
+  CopySrc := Czesci[0].Akt;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.PasteText;
+var
+  C:    integer;
+  N:    integer;
+begin
+  C := Czesci[0].Akt;
+
+  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].HighNut do
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[CopySrc].Nuta[N].Tekst;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentence(Src, Dst: integer);
+var
+  N:      integer;
+  Time1:  integer;
+  Time2:  integer;
+  TD:  integer;
+begin
+  Time1 := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[0].Start;
+  Time2 := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[0].Start;
+  TD := Time2-Time1;
+
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta, Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].IlNut);
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].IlNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].IlNut;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].HighNut := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut;
+  for N := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Tekst := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Tekst;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Dlugosc := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Dlugosc;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Ton := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Ton;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].Nuta[N].Start + TD;
+  end;
+  N := Czesci[0].Czesc[Src].HighNut;
+  Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Start + Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst].Nuta[N].Dlugosc;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.CopySentences(Src, Dst, Num: integer);
+var
+  C:      integer;
+begin
+  Lyric := TLyric.Create;
+  // create place for new sentences
+  SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc, Czesci[0].Ilosc + Num - 1);
+
+  // moves sentences next to the destination
+  for C := Czesci[0].High downto Dst + 1 do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[C + Num - 1] := Czesci[0].Czesc[C];
+  end;
+
+  // prepares new sentences: sets sentence start and create first note
+  for C := 1 to Num-1 do begin
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C - 1].StartNote +
+      (Czesci[0].Czesc[Src + C].StartNote - Czesci[0].Czesc[Src + C - 1].StartNote);
+    SetLength(Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta, 1);
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].IlNut := 1;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].HighNut := 0;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta[0].Start := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Nuta[0].Dlugosc := 1;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].StartNote := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Koniec := Czesci[0].Czesc[Dst + C].Start + 1;
+  end;
+
+  // increase counters
+  Czesci[0].Ilosc := Czesci[0].Ilosc + Num - 1;
+  Czesci[0].High := Czesci[0].High + Num - 1;
+
+  for C := 0 to Num-1 do
+    CopySentence(Src + C, Dst + C);
+end;
+
+
+constructor TScreenEditSub.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  SetLength(Player, 1);
+
+  // linijka
+  AddStatic(20, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');
+  AddText(40, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Line');
+  TextSentence := AddText(120, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+  // nuta
+  AddStatic(220, 10, 80, 30, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('ButtonF'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');
+  AddText(242, 17, 1, 6, 1, 1, 1, 'Note');
+  TextNote := AddText(320, 14, 1, 8, 0, 0, 0, '0 / 0');
+
+  // file info
+  AddStatic(150, 50, 500, 150, 0, 0, 0, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Bar'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');
+  AddStatic(151, 52, 498, 146,  1, 1, 1, Skin.GetTextureFileName('Bar'), 'JPG', 'Font Black');
+  AddText(180, 65,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Title:');
+  AddText(180, 90,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Artist:');
+  AddText(180, 115, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Mp3:');
+  AddText(180, 140, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'BPM:');
+  AddText(180, 165, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'GAP:');
+
+  TextTitle :=  AddText(250, 65,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextArtist := AddText(250, 90,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextMp3 :=    AddText(250, 115, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextBPM :=    AddText(250, 140, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+  TextGAP :=    AddText(250, 165, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'e');
+
+{  AddInteraction(2, TextTitle);
+  AddInteraction(2, TextArtist);
+  AddInteraction(2, TextMp3);
+  AddInteraction(2, TextBPM);
+  AddInteraction(2, TextGAP);}
+
+  // note info
+  AddText(20, 190,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Start:');
+  AddText(20, 215,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Duration:');
+  AddText(20, 240,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Tone:');
+  AddText(20, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'Text:');
+
+  TextNStart :=   AddText(120, 190,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'a');
+  TextNDlugosc := AddText(120, 215,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'b');
+  TextNTon :=     AddText(120, 240,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'c');
+  TextNText :=    AddText(120, 265,  0, 8, 0, 0, 0, 'd');
+
+  // debug
+  TextDebug :=  AddText(30, 550, 0, 8, 0, 0, 0, '');
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.onShow;
+begin
+  Log.LogStatus('Initializing', 'TEditScreen.onShow');
+
+  try
+    ResetSingTemp;
+    Error := not LoadSong(Path + FileName);
+  except
+    Error := True;
+  end;
+
+  if Error then
+  begin
+    //Error Loading Song -> Go back to Song Screen and Show some Error Message
+    FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+    ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup (Language.Translate('ERROR_CORRUPT_SONG'));
+    Exit;
+  end
+  else begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    MidiOut := TMidiOutput.Create(nil);
+    if Ini.Debug = 1 then
+      MidiOut.ProductName := 'Microsoft GS Wavetable SW Synth'; // for my kxproject without midi table
+    MidiOut.Open;
+  {$ENDIF}
+    Text[TextTitle].Text :=   AktSong.Title;
+    Text[TextArtist].Text :=  AktSong.Artist;
+    Text[TextMp3].Text :=     AktSong.Mp3;
+
+    Czesci[0].Akt := 0;
+    AktNuta := 0;
+    Czesci[0].Czesc[0].Nuta[0].Color := 1;
+
+    AudioPlayback.Open(Path + AktSong.Mp3);
+    //Set Down Music Volume for Better hearability of Midi Sounds
+    //Music.SetVolume(40);
+    
+    Lyric.Clear;
+    Lyric.X := 400;
+    Lyric.Y := 500;
+    Lyric.Align := 1;
+    Lyric.Size := 14;
+    Lyric.ColR := 0;
+    Lyric.ColG := 0;
+    Lyric.ColB := 0;
+    Lyric.ColSR := Skin_FontHighlightR;
+    Lyric.ColSG := Skin_FontHighlightG;
+    Lyric.ColSB := Skin_FontHighlightB;
+    Lyric.Style := 0;
+    Lyric.AddCzesc(0);
+    Lyric.Selected := 0;
+
+    NotesH := 7;
+    NotesW := 4;
+
+  end;
+
+//  Interaction := 0;
+  TextEditMode := false;
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.Draw: boolean;
+var
+  Min:    integer;
+  Sec:    integer;
+  Tekst:  string;
+  Pet:    integer;
+  AktBeat:  integer;
+begin
+  glClearColor(1,1,1,1);
+
+  // midi music
+  if PlaySentenceMidi then begin
+    MidiPos := USTime.GetTime - MidiTime + MidiStart;
+
+    {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+    // stop the music
+    if (MidiPos > MidiStop) then begin
+      MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[MidiLastNote].Ton + 60, 127);
+      PlaySentenceMidi := false;
+    end;
+    {$ENDIF}
+
+    // click
+    AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(MidiPos - AktSong.GAP / 1000));
+    Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+
+    if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin
+      for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+        if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+        begin
+
+          {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+          LastClick := AktBeat;
+          if Pet > 0 then
+            MidiOut.PutShort($81, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet-1].Ton + 60, 127);
+          MidiOut.PutShort($91, Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Ton + 60, 127);
+          MidiLastNote := Pet;
+          {$ENDIF}
+
+        end;
+    end;
+  end; // if PlaySentenceMidi
+
+  // mp3 music
+  if PlaySentence then begin
+    // stop the music
+    if (AudioPlayback.Position > PlayStopTime) then
+    begin
+      AudioPlayback.Stop;
+      PlaySentence := false;
+    end;
+
+    // click
+    if (Click) and (PlaySentence) then begin
+//      AktBeat := Floor(AktSong.BPM[0].BPM * (Music.Position - AktSong.GAP / 1000) / 60);
+      AktBeat := Floor(GetMidBeat(AudioPlayback.Position - AktSong.GAP / 1000));
+      Text[TextDebug].Text := IntToStr(AktBeat);
+      if AktBeat <> LastClick then begin
+        for Pet := 0 to Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].HighNut do
+          if (Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[Pet].Start = AktBeat) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayClick;
+            LastClick := AktBeat;
+          end;
+      end;
+    end; // click
+  end; // if PlaySentence
+  
+
+  Text[TextSentence].Text := IntToStr(Czesci[0].Akt + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Ilosc);
+  Text[TextNote].Text := IntToStr(AktNuta + 1) + ' / ' + IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].IlNut);
+
+  // Song info
+  Text[TextBPM].Text := FloatToStr(AktSong.BPM[0].BPM / 4);
+  Text[TextGAP].Text := FloatToStr(AktSong.GAP);
+
+  //Error reading Variables when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    // Note info
+    Text[TextNStart].Text :=    IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Start);
+    Text[TextNDlugosc].Text :=  IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Dlugosc);
+    Text[TextNTon].Text :=      IntToStr(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton) + ' ( ' + GetNoteName(Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Ton) + ' )';
+    Text[TextNText].Text :=              Czesci[0].Czesc[Czesci[0].Akt].Nuta[AktNuta].Tekst;
+  end;
+
+  // Text Edit Mode
+  if TextEditMode then
+    Text[TextNText].Text := Text[TextNText].Text + '|'; 
+
+  // draw static menu
+  inherited Draw;
+
+  // draw notes
+  SingDrawNoteLines(20, 300, 780, 15);
+  //Error Drawing when no Song is loaded
+  if not Error then
+  begin
+    SingDrawBeatDelimeters(40, 300, 760, 0);
+    EditDrawCzesc(40, 405, 760, 0, 15);
+  end;
+
+  // draw text
+  Lyric.Draw;
+
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenEditSub.onHide;
+begin
+  {$IFDEF UseMIDIPort}
+  MidiOut.Close;
+  MidiOut.Free;
+  {$ENDIF}
+  //Music.SetVolume(100);
+end;
+
+function TScreenEditSub.GetNoteName(Note: Integer): String;
+var N1, N2: Integer;
+begin
+  if (Note > 0) then
+  begin
+    N1 := Note mod 12;
+    N2 := Note div 12;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    N1 := (Note + (-Trunc(Note/12)+1)*12) mod 12;
+    N2 := -1;
+  end;
+
+
+
+  case N1 of
+    0: Result := 'c';
+    1: Result := 'c#';
+    2: Result := 'd';
+    3: Result := 'd#';
+    4: Result := 'e';
+    5: Result := 'f';
+    6: Result := 'f#';
+    7: Result := 'g';
+    8: Result := 'g#';
+    9: Result := 'a';
+    10: Result := 'b';
+    11: Result := 'h';
+  end;
+
+  case N2 of
+    0: Result := UpperCase(Result); //Normal Uppercase Note, 1: Normal lowercase Note
+    2: Result := Result + '''';     //One Striped
+    3: Result := Result + '''''';   //Two Striped
+    4: Result := Result + ''''''''; //etc.
+    5: Result := Result + '''''''''';
+    6: Result := Result + '''''''''''';
+    7: Result := Result + '''''''''''''';
+  end;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenLoading.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenLoading.pas
index 989461f2..63b25d2c 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenLoading.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenLoading.pas
@@ -1,53 +1,57 @@
-unit UScreenLoading;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu,

-  SDL,

-  SysUtils,

-  UThemes,

-  OpenGL12;

-

-type

-  TScreenLoading = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      Fadeout:      boolean;

-      constructor Create; override;

-      procedure   onShow; override;

-      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      function    GetBGTexNum: GLUInt;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic,

-     UTime;

-

-function TScreenLoading.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenLoading.Create;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Loading);

-

-  Fadeout := false;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenLoading.onShow;

-begin

-// nothing

-end;

-

-function TScreenLoading.GetBGTexNum: GLUInt;

-begin

-  Result := Self.BackImg.TexNum;

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenLoading;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes,
+  OpenGL12;
+
+type
+  TScreenLoading = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      Fadeout:      boolean;
+      constructor Create; override;
+      procedure   onShow; override;
+      function    ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      function    GetBGTexNum: GLUInt;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic,
+     UTime;
+
+function TScreenLoading.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenLoading.Create;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Loading);
+
+  Fadeout := false;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenLoading.onShow;
+begin
+// nothing
+end;
+
+function TScreenLoading.GetBGTexNum: GLUInt;
+begin
+  Result := Self.BackImg.TexNum;
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenMain.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenMain.pas
index 38f58bf1..5f7a0461 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenMain.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenMain.pas
@@ -1,284 +1,288 @@
-unit UScreenMain;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu,

-  SDL,

-  UDisplay,

-  UMusic,

-  UFiles,

-  SysUtils,

-  UThemes,

-  ULCD,

-  ULight;

-

-type

-  TScreenMain = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      TextDescription:        integer;

-      TextDescriptionLong:    integer;

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure InteractNext; override;

-      procedure InteractPrev; override;

-      procedure InteractInc; override;

-      procedure InteractDec; override;

-      procedure UpdateLCD;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-      //function Draw: boolean; override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses {$IFDEF win32}

-     windows,

-     {$ENDIF}

-     UGraphic,

-     UMain,

-     UIni,

-     UTexture,

-     USongs,

-     Textgl,

-//     opengl,

-     ULanguage,

-     UParty,

-     UDLLManager,

-     UScreenCredits,

-     USkins;

-

-

-function TScreenMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-var

-I: Integer;

-SDL_ModState:  Word;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-

-  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT

-    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);

-

-  //Deactivate Credits when Key is pressed

-//  if Credits_Visible then

-//  begin

-//    Credits_Visible := False;

-//    exit;

-//  end;

-

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          Result := False;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_C:

-        begin

-          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then

-          begin

-            //Credits_Y := 600;

-            //Credits_Alpha := 0;

-            //Credits_Visible := True;

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenCredits);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_M:

-        begin

-          if (Ini.Players >= 1) AND (Length(DLLMan.Plugins)>=1) then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);

-          end;

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_S:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_E:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          //Solo

-          if (Interaction = 0) then

-          begin

-            if (Length(Songs.Song) >= 1) then

-            begin

-              AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-              if (Ini.Players >= 0) and (Ini.Players <= 3) then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;

-              if (Ini.Players = 4) then PlayersPlay := 6;

-

-              ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := False;

-              FadeTo(@ScreenName);

-            end

-            else //show error message

-              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));

-          end;

-

-          //Multi

-          if Interaction = 1 then begin

-            if (Length(Songs.Song) >= 1) then

-            begin

-              if (Length(DLLMan.Plugins)>=1) then

-              begin

-                AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-                FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);

-              end

-              else //show error message, No Plugins Loaded

-              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS'));

-            end

-            else //show error message, No Songs Loaded

-              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));

-          end;

-

-          //Stats

-          if Interaction = 2 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);

-          end;

-

-          //Editor

-          if Interaction = 3 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);

-          end;

-

-          //Options

-          if Interaction = 4 then

-          begin

-            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);

-          end;

-

-          //Exit

-          if Interaction = 5 then

-          begin

-            Result := false;

-          end;

-        end;

-      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

-      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

-      // functions like this one, called so many times

-      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractInc;

-      SDLK_UP:      InteractDec;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;

-      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;

-    end;

-  end

-  else // Key Up

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_RETURN :

-        begin

-        end;

-    end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenMain.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  //----------------

-  //Attention ^^:

-  //New Creation Order needed because of LoadFromTheme

-  //and Button Collections.

-  //At First Custom Texts and Statics

-  //Then LoadFromTheme

-  //after LoadFromTheme the Buttons and Selects

-  //----------------

-

-

-  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescription);

-  TextDescriptionLong := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescriptionLong);

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Main);

-

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonSolo);

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonMulti);

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonStat);

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonEditor);

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonOptions);

-  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonExit);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.onShow;

-begin

-  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');

-  UpdateLCD;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.InteractNext;

-begin

-  inherited InteractNext;

-  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];

-  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];

-  UpdateLCD;

-  Light.LightOne(1, 200);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.InteractPrev;

-begin

-  inherited InteractPrev;

-  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];

-  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];

-  UpdateLCD;

-  Light.LightOne(0, 200);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.InteractDec;

-begin

-  inherited InteractDec;

-  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];

-  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];

-  UpdateLCD;

-  Light.LightOne(0, 200);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.InteractInc;

-begin

-  inherited InteractInc;

-  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];

-  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];

-  UpdateLCD;

-  Light.LightOne(1, 200);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.UpdateLCD;

-begin

-  case Interaction of

-    0:  LCD.WriteText(2, '      sing      ');

-    1:  LCD.WriteText(2, '     editor     ');

-    2:  LCD.WriteText(2, '    options     ');

-    3:  LCD.WriteText(2, '      exit      ');

-  end

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-begin

-  Static[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;

-  Static[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;

-end;

-end.

+unit UScreenMain;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu,
+  SDL,
+  UDisplay,
+  UMusic,
+  UFiles,
+  SysUtils,
+  UThemes,
+  ULCD,
+  ULight;
+
+type
+  TScreenMain = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      TextDescription:        integer;
+      TextDescriptionLong:    integer;
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure InteractNext; override;
+      procedure InteractPrev; override;
+      procedure InteractInc; override;
+      procedure InteractDec; override;
+      procedure UpdateLCD;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+      //function Draw: boolean; override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses {$IFDEF win32}
+     windows,
+     {$ENDIF}
+     UGraphic,
+     UMain,
+     UIni,
+     UTexture,
+     USongs,
+     Textgl,
+//     opengl,
+     ULanguage,
+     UParty,
+     UDLLManager,
+     UScreenCredits,
+     USkins;
+
+
+function TScreenMain.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+var
+I: Integer;
+SDL_ModState:  Word;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+
+  SDL_ModState := SDL_GetModState and (KMOD_LSHIFT + KMOD_RSHIFT
+    + KMOD_LCTRL + KMOD_RCTRL + KMOD_LALT  + KMOD_RALT);
+
+  //Deactivate Credits when Key is pressed
+//  if Credits_Visible then
+//  begin
+//    Credits_Visible := False;
+//    exit;
+//  end;
+
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          Result := False;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_C:
+        begin
+          if (SDL_ModState = KMOD_LALT) then
+          begin
+            //Credits_Y := 600;
+            //Credits_Alpha := 0;
+            //Credits_Visible := True;
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenCredits);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_M:
+        begin
+          if (Ini.Players >= 1) AND (Length(DLLMan.Plugins)>=1) then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);
+          end;
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_S:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_E:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Solo
+          if (Interaction = 0) then
+          begin
+            if (Length(Songs.Song) >= 1) then
+            begin
+              AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+              if (Ini.Players >= 0) and (Ini.Players <= 3) then PlayersPlay := Ini.Players + 1;
+              if (Ini.Players = 4) then PlayersPlay := 6;
+
+              ScreenName.Goto_SingScreen := False;
+              FadeTo(@ScreenName);
+            end
+            else //show error message
+              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+          end;
+
+          //Multi
+          if Interaction = 1 then begin
+            if (Length(Songs.Song) >= 1) then
+            begin
+              if (Length(DLLMan.Plugins)>=1) then
+              begin
+                AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+                FadeTo(@ScreenPartyOptions);
+              end
+              else //show error message, No Plugins Loaded
+              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_PLUGINS'));
+            end
+            else //show error message, No Songs Loaded
+              ScreenPopupError.ShowPopup(Language.Translate('ERROR_NO_SONGS'));
+          end;
+
+          //Stats
+          if Interaction = 2 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenStatMain);
+          end;
+
+          //Editor
+          if Interaction = 3 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenEdit);
+          end;
+
+          //Options
+          if Interaction = 4 then
+          begin
+            AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenOptions);
+          end;
+
+          //Exit
+          if Interaction = 5 then
+          begin
+            Result := false;
+          end;
+        end;
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractInc;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractDec;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:   InteractNext;
+      SDLK_LEFT:    InteractPrev;
+    end;
+  end
+  else // Key Up
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_RETURN :
+        begin
+        end;
+    end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenMain.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  //----------------
+  //Attention ^^:
+  //New Creation Order needed because of LoadFromTheme
+  //and Button Collections.
+  //At First Custom Texts and Statics
+  //Then LoadFromTheme
+  //after LoadFromTheme the Buttons and Selects
+  //----------------
+
+
+  TextDescription := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescription);
+  TextDescriptionLong := AddText(Theme.Main.TextDescriptionLong);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.Main);
+
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonSolo);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonMulti);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonStat);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonEditor);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonOptions);
+  AddButton(Theme.Main.ButtonExit);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.onShow;
+begin
+  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');
+  UpdateLCD;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.InteractNext;
+begin
+  inherited InteractNext;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+  UpdateLCD;
+  Light.LightOne(1, 200);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.InteractPrev;
+begin
+  inherited InteractPrev;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+  UpdateLCD;
+  Light.LightOne(0, 200);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.InteractDec;
+begin
+  inherited InteractDec;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+  UpdateLCD;
+  Light.LightOne(0, 200);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.InteractInc;
+begin
+  inherited InteractInc;
+  Text[TextDescription].Text := Theme.Main.Description[Interaction];
+  Text[TextDescriptionLong].Text := Theme.Main.DescriptionLong[Interaction];
+  UpdateLCD;
+  Light.LightOne(1, 200);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.UpdateLCD;
+begin
+  case Interaction of
+    0:  LCD.WriteText(2, '      sing      ');
+    1:  LCD.WriteText(2, '     editor     ');
+    2:  LCD.WriteText(2, '    options     ');
+    3:  LCD.WriteText(2, '      exit      ');
+  end
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenMain.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  Static[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Static[0].Texture.ScaleH := Progress;
+end;
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
index 17f3b2b5..33543211 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyNewRound.pas
@@ -1,419 +1,423 @@
-unit UScreenPartyNewRound;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenPartyNewRound = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      //Texts:

-      TextRound1: Cardinal;

-      TextRound2: Cardinal;

-      TextRound3: Cardinal;

-      TextRound4: Cardinal;

-      TextRound5: Cardinal;

-      TextRound6: Cardinal;

-      TextRound7: Cardinal;

-

-      TextWinner1: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner2: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner3: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner4: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner5: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner6: Cardinal;

-      TextWinner7: Cardinal;

-

-      TextNextRound: Cardinal;

-      TextNextRoundNo: Cardinal;

-      TextNextPlayer1: Cardinal;

-      TextNextPlayer2: Cardinal;

-      TextNextPlayer3: Cardinal;

-

-      //Statics

-      StaticRound1: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound2: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound3: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound4: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound5: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound6: Cardinal;

-      StaticRound7: Cardinal;

-

-      //Scores

-      TextScoreTeam1: Cardinal;

-      TextScoreTeam2: Cardinal;

-      TextScoreTeam3: Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam1: Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam2: Cardinal;

-      TextNameTeam3: Cardinal;

-

-      TextTeam1Players: Cardinal;

-      TextTeam2Players: Cardinal;

-      TextTeam3Players: Cardinal;

-

-      StaticTeam1: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam2: Cardinal;

-      StaticTeam3: Cardinal;

-      StaticNextPlayer1: Cardinal;

-      StaticNextPlayer2: Cardinal;

-      StaticNextPlayer3: Cardinal;

-

-

-

-

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-  end;

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, UParty, UDLLManager, ULanguage, ULog;

-

-function TScreenPartyNewRound.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;

-          CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-          if DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong then

-          begin

-            //Select PartyMode ScreenSong

-            ScreenSong.Mode := 1;

-            FadeTo(@ScreenSong);

-          end

-          else

-          begin

-            FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi);

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-

-  TextRound1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound1);

-  TextRound2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound2);

-  TextRound3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound3);

-  TextRound4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound4);

-  TextRound5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound5);

-  TextRound6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound6);

-  TextRound7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound7);

-

-  TextWinner1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner1);

-  TextWinner2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner2);

-  TextWinner3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner3);

-  TextWinner4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner4);

-  TextWinner5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner5);

-  TextWinner6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner6);

-  TextWinner7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner7);

-

-  TextNextRound := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRound);

-  TextNextRoundNo := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo);

-  TextNextPlayer1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1);

-  TextNextPlayer2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2);

-  TextNextPlayer3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3);

-

-  StaticRound1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound1);

-  StaticRound2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound2);

-  StaticRound3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound3);

-  StaticRound4 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound4);

-  StaticRound5 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound5);

-  StaticRound6 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound6);

-  StaticRound7 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound7);

-

-  //Scores

-  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1);

-  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2);

-  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3);

-  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1);

-  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2);

-  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3);

-

-  //Players

-  TextTeam1Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players);

-  TextTeam2Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players);

-  TextTeam3Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players);

-

-  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1);

-  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2);

-  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3);

-  StaticNextPlayer1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1);

-  StaticNextPlayer2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2);

-  StaticNextPlayer3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3);

-

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyNewRound);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.onShow;

-var

-  I: Integer;

-  function GetTeamPlayers(const Num: Byte): String;

-  var

-    Players: Array of String;

-    J: Byte;

-  begin

-    if (Num-1 >= PartySession.Teams.NumTeams) then

-      exit;

-

-    //Create Players Array

-    SetLength(Players, PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers);

-    For J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers-1 do

-      Players[J] := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].PlayerInfo[J].Name);

-

-    //Implode and Return

-    Result := Language.Implode(Players);

-  end;

-begin

-  PartySession.StartRound;

-

-  //Set Visibility of Round Infos

-  I := Length(PartySession.Rounds);

-  if (I >= 1) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound1].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound1].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner1].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound1].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[0].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner1].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(0);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound1].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound1].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner1].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 2) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound2].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound2].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner2].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound2].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[1].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner2].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(1);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound2].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound2].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner2].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 3) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound3].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound3].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner3].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound3].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[2].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner3].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(2);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound3].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound3].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner3].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 4) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound4].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound4].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner4].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound4].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[3].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner4].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(3);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound4].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound4].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner4].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 5) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound5].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound5].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner5].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound5].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[4].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner5].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(4);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound5].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound5].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner5].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 6) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound6].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound6].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner6].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound6].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[5].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner6].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(5);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound6].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound6].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner6].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (I >= 7) then

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound7].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextRound7].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextWinner7].Visible := True;

-

-    //Texts:

-    Text[TextRound7].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[6].Plugin].Name);

-    Text[TextWinner7].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(6);

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Static[StaticRound7].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextRound7].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextWinner7].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  //Display Scores

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Name);

-    Text[TextTeam1Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(1);

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Name);

-    Text[TextTeam2Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(2);

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Score);

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Name);

-    Text[TextTeam3Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(3);

-

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := True;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-  begin

-    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := False;

-    Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := False;

-  end;

-

-  //nextRound Texts

-  Text[TextNextRound].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Selected.PluginDesc);

-  Text[TextNextRoundNo].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.CurRound + 1);

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].CurPlayer].Name;

-    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := False;

-    

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].CurPlayer].Name;

-    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := False;

-

-  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then

-  begin

-    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].CurPlayer].Name;

-    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := True;

-  end

-  else

-    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := False;

-

-

-//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');

-//  UpdateLCD;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-begin

-  {Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;

-  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;

-  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; }

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenPartyNewRound;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyNewRound = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      //Texts:
+      TextRound1: Cardinal;
+      TextRound2: Cardinal;
+      TextRound3: Cardinal;
+      TextRound4: Cardinal;
+      TextRound5: Cardinal;
+      TextRound6: Cardinal;
+      TextRound7: Cardinal;
+
+      TextWinner1: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner2: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner3: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner4: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner5: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner6: Cardinal;
+      TextWinner7: Cardinal;
+
+      TextNextRound: Cardinal;
+      TextNextRoundNo: Cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer1: Cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer2: Cardinal;
+      TextNextPlayer3: Cardinal;
+
+      //Statics
+      StaticRound1: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound2: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound3: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound4: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound5: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound6: Cardinal;
+      StaticRound7: Cardinal;
+
+      //Scores
+      TextScoreTeam1: Cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam2: Cardinal;
+      TextScoreTeam3: Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam1: Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam2: Cardinal;
+      TextNameTeam3: Cardinal;
+
+      TextTeam1Players: Cardinal;
+      TextTeam2Players: Cardinal;
+      TextTeam3Players: Cardinal;
+
+      StaticTeam1: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam2: Cardinal;
+      StaticTeam3: Cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer1: Cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer2: Cardinal;
+      StaticNextPlayer3: Cardinal;
+
+
+
+
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+  end;
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, UParty, UDLLManager, ULanguage, ULog;
+
+function TScreenPartyNewRound.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;
+          CheckFadeTo(@ScreenMain,'MSG_END_PARTY');
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+          if DLLMan.Selected.LoadSong then
+          begin
+            //Select PartyMode ScreenSong
+            ScreenSong.Mode := 1;
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSong);
+          end
+          else
+          begin
+            FadeTo(@ScreenSingModi);
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyNewRound.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+
+  TextRound1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound1);
+  TextRound2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound2);
+  TextRound3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound3);
+  TextRound4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound4);
+  TextRound5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound5);
+  TextRound6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound6);
+  TextRound7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextRound7);
+
+  TextWinner1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner1);
+  TextWinner2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner2);
+  TextWinner3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner3);
+  TextWinner4 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner4);
+  TextWinner5 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner5);
+  TextWinner6 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner6);
+  TextWinner7 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextWinner7);
+
+  TextNextRound := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRound);
+  TextNextRoundNo := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextRoundNo);
+  TextNextPlayer1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer1);
+  TextNextPlayer2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer2);
+  TextNextPlayer3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNextPlayer3);
+
+  StaticRound1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound1);
+  StaticRound2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound2);
+  StaticRound3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound3);
+  StaticRound4 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound4);
+  StaticRound5 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound5);
+  StaticRound6 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound6);
+  StaticRound7 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticRound7);
+
+  //Scores
+  TextScoreTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam1);
+  TextScoreTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam2);
+  TextScoreTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextScoreTeam3);
+  TextNameTeam1 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam1);
+  TextNameTeam2 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam2);
+  TextNameTeam3 := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextNameTeam3);
+
+  //Players
+  TextTeam1Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam1Players);
+  TextTeam2Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam2Players);
+  TextTeam3Players := AddText (Theme.PartyNewRound.TextTeam3Players);
+
+  StaticTeam1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam1);
+  StaticTeam2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam2);
+  StaticTeam3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticTeam3);
+  StaticNextPlayer1 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer1);
+  StaticNextPlayer2 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer2);
+  StaticNextPlayer3 := AddStatic (Theme.PartyNewRound.StaticNextPlayer3);
+
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyNewRound);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.onShow;
+var
+  I: Integer;
+  function GetTeamPlayers(const Num: Byte): String;
+  var
+    Players: Array of String;
+    J: Byte;
+  begin
+    if (Num-1 >= PartySession.Teams.NumTeams) then
+      exit;
+
+    //Create Players Array
+    SetLength(Players, PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers);
+    For J := 0 to PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].NumPlayers-1 do
+      Players[J] := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[Num-1].PlayerInfo[J].Name);
+
+    //Implode and Return
+    Result := Language.Implode(Players);
+  end;
+begin
+  PartySession.StartRound;
+
+  //Set Visibility of Round Infos
+  I := Length(PartySession.Rounds);
+  if (I >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound1].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound1].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner1].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound1].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[0].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner1].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(0);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound1].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound1].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner1].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound2].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound2].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner2].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound2].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[1].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner2].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(1);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound2].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound2].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner2].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound3].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound3].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner3].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound3].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[2].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner3].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(2);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound3].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound3].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner3].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 4) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound4].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound4].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner4].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound4].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[3].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner4].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(3);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound4].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound4].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner4].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 5) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound5].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound5].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner5].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound5].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[4].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner5].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(4);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound5].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound5].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner5].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 6) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound6].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound6].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner6].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound6].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[5].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner6].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(5);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound6].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound6].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner6].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (I >= 7) then
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound7].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextRound7].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextWinner7].Visible := True;
+
+    //Texts:
+    Text[TextRound7].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Plugins[PartySession.Rounds[6].Plugin].Name);
+    Text[TextWinner7].Text := PartySession.GetWinnerString(6);
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Static[StaticRound7].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextRound7].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextWinner7].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  //Display Scores
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[0].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(1);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextTeam1Players].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam1].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer1].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[1].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(2);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextTeam2Players].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam2].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer2].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Score);
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Text := String(PartySession.Teams.TeamInfo[2].Name);
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Text := GetTeamPlayers(3);
+
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := True;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+  begin
+    Text[TextScoreTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextNameTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Text[TextTeam3Players].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticTeam3].Visible := False;
+    Static[StaticNextPlayer3].Visible := False;
+  end;
+
+  //nextRound Texts
+  Text[TextNextRound].Text := Language.Translate(DllMan.Selected.PluginDesc);
+  Text[TextNextRoundNo].Text := InttoStr(PartySession.CurRound + 1);
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 1) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].CurPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer1].Visible := False;
+    
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 2) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].CurPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer2].Visible := False;
+
+  if (PartySession.Teams.NumTeams >= 3) then
+  begin
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Text := PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].Playerinfo[PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].CurPlayer].Name;
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := True;
+  end
+  else
+    Text[TextNextPlayer3].Visible := False;
+
+
+//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');
+//  UpdateLCD;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyNewRound.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {Button[0].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[1].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;
+  Button[2].Texture.ScaleW := Progress; }
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
index 7be4d1c0..1c5e8461 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenPartyOptions.pas
@@ -1,259 +1,263 @@
-unit UScreenPartyOptions;

-

-interface

-

-{$I switches.inc}

-

-uses

-  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;

-

-type

-  TScreenPartyOptions = class(TMenu)

-    public

-      SelectLevel: Cardinal;

-      SelectPlayList: Cardinal;

-      SelectPlayList2: Cardinal;

-      SelectRounds: Cardinal;

-      SelectTeams: Cardinal;

-      SelectPlayers1: Cardinal;

-      SelectPlayers2: Cardinal;

-      SelectPlayers3: Cardinal;

-

-      PlayList:  Integer;

-      PlayList2: Integer;

-      Rounds:    Integer;

-      NumTeams:  Integer;

-      NumPlayer1, NumPlayer2, NumPlayer3: Integer;

-      

-      constructor Create; override;

-      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;

-      procedure onShow; override;

-      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;

-      procedure SetPlaylist2;

-  end;

-

-var

-  IPlaylist: array[0..2] of String;

-  IPlaylist2: array of String;

-const

-  ITeams: array[0..1] of String =('2', '3');

-  IPlayers: array[0..3] of String =('1', '2', '3', '4');

-  IRounds: array[0..5] of String = ('2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7');

-

-implementation

-

-uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, ULanguage, UParty, UDLLManager, UPlaylist, USongs;

-

-function TScreenPartyOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;

-  var

-    I, J: Integer;

-begin

-  Result := true;

-  If (PressedDown) Then

-  begin // Key Down

-    case PressedKey of

-      SDLK_Q:

-        begin

-          Result := false;

-        end;

-

-

-      SDLK_ESCAPE,

-      SDLK_BACKSPACE :

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;

-          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);

-        end;

-

-      SDLK_RETURN:

-        begin

-          //Don'T start when Playlist is Selected and there are no Playlists

-          If (Playlist = 2) and (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) = 0) then

-            Exit;

-

-          //Save Difficulty

-          Ini.Difficulty := SelectsS[SelectLevel].SelectedOption;

-          Ini.SaveLevel;

-

-

-          //Save Num Teams:

-          PartySession.Teams.NumTeams := NumTeams + 2;

-          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers := NumPlayer1+1;

-          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers := NumPlayer2+1;

-          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers := NumPlayer3+1;

-

-          //Save Playlist

-          PlaylistMan.Mode := Playlist;

-          PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := High(Cardinal);

-          //If Category Selected Search Category ID

-          if Playlist = 1 then

-          begin

-            J := -1;

-            For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-            begin

-              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then

-                Inc(J);

-

-              if J = Playlist2 then

-              begin

-                PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := I;

-                Break;

-              end;

-            end;

-

-            //No Categorys or Invalid Entry

-            If PlaylistMan.CurPlayList = High(Cardinal) then

-              Exit;

-          end

-          else

-            PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := Playlist2;

-

-          //Start Party

-          PartySession.StartNewParty(Rounds + 2);

-

-          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;

-          //Go to Player Screen

-          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);

-        end;

-

-      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,

-      // but I don't want to declare variables inside

-      // functions like this one, called so many times

-      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;

-      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;

-      SDLK_RIGHT:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayOption;

-          InteractInc;

-

-          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed

-          If (Interaction = 1) then

-          begin

-            SetPlaylist2;

-          end //Change Team3 Players visibility

-          Else If (Interaction = 4) then

-          begin

-              SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1);

-          end;

-        end;

-      SDLK_LEFT:

-        begin

-          AudioPlayback.PlayOption;

-          InteractDec;

-

-          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed

-          If (Interaction = 1) then

-          begin

-            SetPlaylist2;

-          end //Change Team3 Players visibility

-          Else If (Interaction = 4) then

-          begin

-            SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1);

-          end;

-        end;

-    end;

-  end;

-end;

-

-constructor TScreenPartyOptions.Create;

-var

-  I:    integer;

-begin

-  inherited Create;

-  //Fill IPlaylist

-  IPlaylist[0] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_ALL');

-  IPlaylist[1] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_CATEGORY');

-  IPlaylist[2] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_PLAYLIST');

-

-  //Fill IPlaylist2

-  SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);

-  IPlaylist2[0] := '---';

-

-  //Clear all Selects

-  NumTeams := 0;

-  NumPlayer1 := 0;

-  NumPlayer2 := 0;

-  NumPlayer3 := 0;

-  Rounds := 5;

-  PlayList := 0;

-  PlayList2 := 0;

-

-  //Load Screen From Theme

-  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyOptions);

-

-  SelectLevel := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel, Ini.Difficulty, Theme.ILevel);

-  SelectPlayList := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, PlayList, IPlaylist);

-  SelectPlayList2 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, PlayList2, IPlaylist2);

-  SelectRounds := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectRounds, Rounds, IRounds);

-  SelectTeams := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectTeams, NumTeams, ITeams);

-  SelectPlayers1 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers1, NumPlayer1, IPlayers);

-  SelectPlayers2 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers2, NumPlayer2, IPlayers);

-  SelectPlayers3 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers3, NumPlayer3, IPlayers);

-

-  Interaction := 0;

-

-  //Hide Team3 Players

-  SelectsS[7].Visible := False;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetPlaylist2;

-var I: Integer;

-begin

-  Case Playlist of

-    0:

-      begin

-        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);

-        IPlaylist2[0] := '---';

-      end;

-    1:

-      begin

-        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 0);

-        For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do

-        begin

-          If (CatSongs.Song[I].Main) then

-          begin

-            SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(IPlaylist2) + 1);

-            IPlaylist2[high(IPlaylist2)] := CatSongs.Song[I].Artist;

-          end;

-        end;

-

-        If (Length(IPlaylist2) = 0) then

-        begin

-          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);

-          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Categories found';

-        end;

-      end;

-    2:

-      begin

-        if (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) > 0) then

-        begin

-          SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));

-          PlaylistMan.GetNames(IPlaylist2);

-        end

-        else

-        begin

-          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);

-          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Playlists found';

-        end;

-      end;

-  end;

-

-  Playlist2 := 0;

-  UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 2, IPlaylist2, Playlist2);

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyOptions.onShow;

-begin

-  Randomize;

-

-//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');

-//  UpdateLCD;

-end;

-

-procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);

-begin

-  {for I := 0 to 6 do

-    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}

-end;

-

-end.

+unit UScreenPartyOptions;
+
+interface
+
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
+{$I switches.inc}
+
+uses
+  UMenu, SDL, UDisplay, UMusic, UFiles, SysUtils, UThemes;
+
+type
+  TScreenPartyOptions = class(TMenu)
+    public
+      SelectLevel: Cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList: Cardinal;
+      SelectPlayList2: Cardinal;
+      SelectRounds: Cardinal;
+      SelectTeams: Cardinal;
+      SelectPlayers1: Cardinal;
+      SelectPlayers2: Cardinal;
+      SelectPlayers3: Cardinal;
+
+      PlayList:  Integer;
+      PlayList2: Integer;
+      Rounds:    Integer;
+      NumTeams:  Integer;
+      NumPlayer1, NumPlayer2, NumPlayer3: Integer;
+      
+      constructor Create; override;
+      function ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean; override;
+      procedure onShow; override;
+      procedure SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real); override;
+      procedure SetPlaylist2;
+  end;
+
+var
+  IPlaylist: array[0..2] of String;
+  IPlaylist2: array of String;
+const
+  ITeams: array[0..1] of String =('2', '3');
+  IPlayers: array[0..3] of String =('1', '2', '3', '4');
+  IRounds: array[0..5] of String = ('2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7');
+
+implementation
+
+uses UGraphic, UMain, UIni, UTexture, ULanguage, UParty, UDLLManager, UPlaylist, USongs;
+
+function TScreenPartyOptions.ParseInput(PressedKey: Cardinal; ScanCode: byte; PressedDown: Boolean): Boolean;
+  var
+    I, J: Integer;
+begin
+  Result := true;
+  If (PressedDown) Then
+  begin // Key Down
+    case PressedKey of
+      SDLK_Q:
+        begin
+          Result := false;
+        end;
+
+
+      SDLK_ESCAPE,
+      SDLK_BACKSPACE :
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayBack;
+          FadeTo(@ScreenMain);
+        end;
+
+      SDLK_RETURN:
+        begin
+          //Don'T start when Playlist is Selected and there are no Playlists
+          If (Playlist = 2) and (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) = 0) then
+            Exit;
+
+          //Save Difficulty
+          Ini.Difficulty := SelectsS[SelectLevel].SelectedOption;
+          Ini.SaveLevel;
+
+
+          //Save Num Teams:
+          PartySession.Teams.NumTeams := NumTeams + 2;
+          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[0].NumPlayers := NumPlayer1+1;
+          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[1].NumPlayers := NumPlayer2+1;
+          PartySession.Teams.Teaminfo[2].NumPlayers := NumPlayer3+1;
+
+          //Save Playlist
+          PlaylistMan.Mode := Playlist;
+          PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := High(Cardinal);
+          //If Category Selected Search Category ID
+          if Playlist = 1 then
+          begin
+            J := -1;
+            For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+            begin
+              if CatSongs.Song[I].Main then
+                Inc(J);
+
+              if J = Playlist2 then
+              begin
+                PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := I;
+                Break;
+              end;
+            end;
+
+            //No Categorys or Invalid Entry
+            If PlaylistMan.CurPlayList = High(Cardinal) then
+              Exit;
+          end
+          else
+            PlaylistMan.CurPlayList := Playlist2;
+
+          //Start Party
+          PartySession.StartNewParty(Rounds + 2);
+
+          AudioPlayback.PlayStart;
+          //Go to Player Screen
+          FadeTo(@ScreenPartyPlayer);
+        end;
+
+      // Up and Down could be done at the same time,
+      // but I don't want to declare variables inside
+      // functions like this one, called so many times
+      SDLK_DOWN:    InteractNext;
+      SDLK_UP:      InteractPrev;
+      SDLK_RIGHT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayOption;
+          InteractInc;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          If (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end //Change Team3 Players visibility
+          Else If (Interaction = 4) then
+          begin
+              SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1);
+          end;
+        end;
+      SDLK_LEFT:
+        begin
+          AudioPlayback.PlayOption;
+          InteractDec;
+
+          //Change Playlist2 if Playlist is Changed
+          If (Interaction = 1) then
+          begin
+            SetPlaylist2;
+          end //Change Team3 Players visibility
+          Else If (Interaction = 4) then
+          begin
+            SelectsS[7].Visible := (NumTeams = 1);
+          end;
+        end;
+    end;
+  end;
+end;
+
+constructor TScreenPartyOptions.Create;
+var
+  I:    integer;
+begin
+  inherited Create;
+  //Fill IPlaylist
+  IPlaylist[0] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_ALL');
+  IPlaylist[1] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_CATEGORY');
+  IPlaylist[2] := Language.Translate('PARTY_PLAYLIST_PLAYLIST');
+
+  //Fill IPlaylist2
+  SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+  IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+
+  //Clear all Selects
+  NumTeams := 0;
+  NumPlayer1 := 0;
+  NumPlayer2 := 0;
+  NumPlayer3 := 0;
+  Rounds := 5;
+  PlayList := 0;
+  PlayList2 := 0;
+
+  //Load Screen From Theme
+  LoadFromTheme(Theme.PartyOptions);
+
+  SelectLevel := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectLevel, Ini.Difficulty, Theme.ILevel);
+  SelectPlayList := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList, PlayList, IPlaylist);
+  SelectPlayList2 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, PlayList2, IPlaylist2);
+  SelectRounds := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectRounds, Rounds, IRounds);
+  SelectTeams := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectTeams, NumTeams, ITeams);
+  SelectPlayers1 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers1, NumPlayer1, IPlayers);
+  SelectPlayers2 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers2, NumPlayer2, IPlayers);
+  SelectPlayers3 := AddSelectSlide (Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayers3, NumPlayer3, IPlayers);
+
+  Interaction := 0;
+
+  //Hide Team3 Players
+  SelectsS[7].Visible := False;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetPlaylist2;
+var I: Integer;
+begin
+  Case Playlist of
+    0:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+        IPlaylist2[0] := '---';
+      end;
+    1:
+      begin
+        SetLength(IPlaylist2, 0);
+        For I := 0 to high(CatSongs.Song) do
+        begin
+          If (CatSongs.Song[I].Main) then
+          begin
+            SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(IPlaylist2) + 1);
+            IPlaylist2[high(IPlaylist2)] := CatSongs.Song[I].Artist;
+          end;
+        end;
+
+        If (Length(IPlaylist2) = 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Categories found';
+        end;
+      end;
+    2:
+      begin
+        if (Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists) > 0) then
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, Length(PlaylistMan.Playlists));
+          PlaylistMan.GetNames(IPlaylist2);
+        end
+        else
+        begin
+          SetLength(IPlaylist2, 1);
+          IPlaylist2[0] := 'No Playlists found';
+        end;
+      end;
+  end;
+
+  Playlist2 := 0;
+  UpdateSelectSlideOptions(Theme.PartyOptions.SelectPlayList2, 2, IPlaylist2, Playlist2);
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.onShow;
+begin
+  Randomize;
+
+//  LCD.WriteText(1, '  Choose mode:  ');
+//  UpdateLCD;
+end;
+
+procedure TScreenPartyOptions.SetAnimationProgress(Progress: real);
+begin
+  {for I := 0 to 6 do
+    SelectS[I].Texture.ScaleW := Progress;}
+end;
+
+end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
index 36e3b43b..3537a26d 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenScore.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenScore;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
index 60cab0a4..dd11ee07 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSing.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenSing;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
index 7f692af5..5e9d94ec 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSingModi.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenSingModi;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
index 3f2f5d58..85c38c26 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSong.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenSong;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 
@@ -1719,7 +1723,7 @@ begin
 if (not AudioPlayback.Finished) AND (Theme.Song.Equalizer.Length > 0) then
 begin
 
-
+  {$ifdef win32}
   A := GetTickCount div 44;
 
   if (A <> EqualizerTime) then
@@ -1794,6 +1798,7 @@ begin
     else
       EqualizerBands[B] := 1;
   end;
+  {$endif}
 
   //Draw every Channel
   glColor4f(Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColR, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColG, Theme.Song.Equalizer.ColB, Theme.Song.Equalizer.Alpha); //Set Color
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
index 6f9b0c53..90e56a54 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenSongMenu.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenSongMenu;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatMain.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
index 02209dd7..7e5c7d91 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenStatMain.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenStatMain;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenTop5.pas b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenTop5.pas
index 83ba2bb0..bf19fed2 100644
--- a/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenTop5.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/Screens/UScreenTop5.pas
@@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ unit UScreenTop5;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/UltraStar.lpr b/Game/Code/UltraStar.lpr
index 1026c04b..630c0873 100644
--- a/Game/Code/UltraStar.lpr
+++ b/Game/Code/UltraStar.lpr
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ uses
 
   UMedia_dummy           in 'Classes\UMedia_dummy.pas',  
   UVideo                 in 'Classes\UVideo.pas',
-//  UAudio_FFMpeg          in 'Classes\UAudio_FFMpeg.pas',
+  UAudio_FFMpeg          in 'Classes\UAudio_FFMpeg.pas',
 {$ifdef win32}
   UAudio_bass            in 'Classes\UAudio_bass.pas',
 {$endif}
@@ -143,7 +143,13 @@ uses
   UThemes                in 'Classes\UThemes.pas',
   UTime                  in 'Classes\UTime.pas',
   USingNotes 		         in 'Classes\USingNotes.pas',
-
+  
+  uPluginLoader          in 'Classes\uPluginLoader.pas',
+  UCoreModule            in 'Classes\UCoreModule.pas',
+  UServices              in 'Classes\UServices.pas',
+  UCore                  in 'Classes\UCore.pas',
+  UHooks                 in 'Classes\UHooks.pas',
+  
 
 
   //------------------------------
@@ -192,7 +198,7 @@ uses
   //Includes - Modi SDK
   //------------------------------
   ModiSDK                in '..\..\Modis\SDK\ModiSDK.pas',
-
+  UPluginDefs            in '..\..\Modis\SDK\UPluginDefs.pas',
 
   //------------------------------
   //Includes - Delphi
@@ -205,291 +211,9 @@ uses
 const
   Version = 'UltraStar Deluxe V 1.10 Alpha Build';
 
-var
-  WndTitle: string;
-  hWnd: THandle;
-  I: Integer;
-  
-  aFormatCtx : PAVFormatContext;//PAVCodecContext;
-  aCodecCtx  : PAVCodecContext;
-  VideoStreamIndex,
-  AudioStreamIndex : integer;
-
 begin
 
+  main();
 
 
-(*
-
-av_register_all;
-aFormatCtx := av_alloc_format_context();
-if av_open_input_file( aFormatCtx, pchar( Paramstr(1) ), NIL, 0, NIL) = 0 then
-begin
-  if av_find_stream_info( aFormatCtx ) >= 0 then
-  begin
-    writeln('');
-    dump_format(aFormatCtx, 0, pchar( Paramstr(1) ), 0);
-    writeln('');
-
-//    writeln( pchar( filename ) );
-    
-//    av_read_play( aFormatCtx );
-    find_stream_ids( aFormatCtx , VideoStreamIndex , AudioStreamIndex );
-
-    writeln( 'VideoStreamIndex : ' + inttostr(VideoStreamIndex) );
-    writeln( 'AudioStreamIndex : ' + inttostr(AudioStreamIndex) );
-    
-    aCodecCtx := aFormatCtx.streams[ AudioStreamIndex ].codec;
-    writeln( 'Audio Codec Channels: '+ inttostr( integer( aCodecCtx.channels ) ) );
-    writeln( 'Audio Codec freq: '+ inttostr( integer( aCodecCtx.sample_rate ) ) );
-    
-    wanted_spec.freq = aCodecCtx->sample_rate;
-    wanted_spec.format = AUDIO_S16SYS;
-    wanted_spec.channels = aCodecCtx->channels;
-    wanted_spec.silence = 0;
-    wanted_spec.samples = SDL_AUDIO_BUFFER_SIZE;
-    wanted_spec.callback = audio_callback;
-    wanted_spec.userdata = aCodecCtx;
-    
-    if(SDL_OpenAudio(&wanted_spec, aCodecCtx) < 0) then
-    begin
-      writeln( 'Could not do SDL_OpenAudio' );
-      exit;
-    end;
-
-
-  end;
-end;
-
-exit;
-*)
-
-  WndTitle := Version;
-
-
-  {$ifdef Win32}
-  //------------------------------
-  //Start more than One Time Prevention
-  //------------------------------
-  hWnd:= FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle));
-  //Programm already started
-  if (hWnd <> 0) then
-  begin
-    I := Messagebox(0, PChar('Another Instance of Ultrastar is already running. Contėnue ?'), PChar(WndTitle), MB_ICONWARNING or MB_YESNO);
-    if (I = IDYes) then
-    begin
-      I := 1;
-      repeat
-        Inc(I);
-        hWnd := FindWindow(nil, PChar(WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I)));
-      until (hWnd = 0);
-
-      WndTitle := WndTitle + ' Instance ' + InttoStr(I);
-    end
-    else
-      Exit;
-  end;
-  {$endif}
-
-  //------------------------------
-  //StartUp - Create Classes and Load Files
-  //------------------------------
-  USTime := TTime.Create;
-
-  // Commandline Parameter Parser
-  Params := TCMDParams.Create;
-
-  // Log + Benchmark
-  Log := TLog.Create;
-  Log.Title := WndTitle;
-  Log.Enabled := Not Params.NoLog;
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(0);
-  
-  // Language
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Initialize Paths', 'Initialization');        InitializePaths;
-  Log.LogStatus('Load Language', 'Initialization');           Language := TLanguage.Create;
-  //Add Const Values:
-    Language.AddConst('US_VERSION', Version);
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Language', 1);
-
-  // SDL
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Initialize SDL', 'Initialization');
-  SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_VIDEO or SDL_INIT_AUDIO);
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing SDL', 1);
-
-   // Skin
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Loading Skin List', 'Initialization');             Skin := TSkin.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Skin List', 1);
-
-  // Sound Card List
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Loading Soundcard list', 'Initialization');
-  Recording := TRecord.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Soundcard list', 1);
-
-  // Ini + Paths
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Load Ini', 'Initialization');                Ini := TIni.Create;
-                                                              Ini.Load;
-
-  //Load Languagefile
-  if (Params.Language <> -1) then
-    Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Params.Language])
-  else
-    Language.ChangeLanguage(ILanguage[Ini.Language]);
-
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Ini', 1);
-
-  // LCD
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Load LCD', 'Initialization');                LCD := TLCD.Create;
-  if Ini.LPT = 1 then begin
-//  LCD.HalfInterface := true;
-    LCD.Enable;
-    LCD.Clear;
-    LCD.WriteText(1, '  UltraStar    ');
-    LCD.WriteText(2, '  Loading...   ');
-  end;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading LCD', 1);
-
-  // Light
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Load Light', 'Initialization');              Light := TLight.Create;
-  if Ini.LPT = 2 then begin
-    Light.Enable;
-  end;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Light', 1);
-
-  // Theme
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Load Themes', 'Initialization');             Theme := TTheme.Create('Themes\' + ITheme[Ini.Theme] + '.ini', Ini.Color);
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Themes', 1);
-
-  // Covers Cache
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Creating Covers Cache', 'Initialization');   Covers := TCovers.Create;
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Covers Cache Array', 1);
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-
-  // Category Covers
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Creating Category Covers Array', 'Initialization');
-  CatCovers:= TCatCovers.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Category Covers Array', 1);
-
-  // Songs
-  //Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Creating Song Array', 'Initialization');     Songs := TSongs.Create;
-  Songs.LoadSongList;
-  Log.LogStatus('Creating 2nd Song Array', 'Initialization'); CatSongs := TCatSongs.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Songs', 1);
-
-  // PluginManager
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('PluginManager', 'Initialization');
-  DLLMan := TDLLMan.Create;   //Load PluginList
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PluginManager', 1);
-
-  // Party Mode Manager
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('PartySession Manager', 'Initialization');
-  PartySession := TParty_Session.Create;   //Load PartySession
-  
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading PartySession Manager', 1);
-
-  // Sound
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Initialize Sound', 'Initialization');        InitializeSound();
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Sound', 1);
-  
-  
-(*
-  // This is jays debugging for FFMpeg audio output..
-  singleton_MusicFFMpeg.PlaySwoosh();
-  writeln( 'did you hear the sound ?? ' );
-  halt(0);
-*)
-
-  // Graphics
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Initialize 3D', 'Initialization');           Initialize3D(WndTitle);
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing 3D', 1);
-
-
-  // Score Saving System
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('DataBase System', 'Initialization');
-  DataBase := TDataBaseSystem.Create;
-
-  if (Params.ScoreFile = '') then
-    DataBase.Init ('Ultrastar.db')
-  else
-    DataBase.Init (Params.ScoreFile);
-
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading DataBase System', 1);
-
-  //Playlist Manager
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Playlist Manager', 'Initialization');
-  PlaylistMan := TPlaylistManager.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Playlist Manager', 1);
-
-  //GoldenStarsTwinkleMod
-  Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-  Log.LogStatus('Effect Manager', 'Initialization');
-  GoldenRec := TEffectManager.Create;
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Particel System', 1);
-
-  // Joypad
-  if (Ini.Joypad = 1) OR (Params.Joypad) then begin
-    Log.BenchmarkStart(1);
-    Log.LogStatus('Initialize Joystick', 'Initialization');   Joy := TJoy.Create;
-    Log.BenchmarkEnd(1);
-    Log.LogBenchmark('Initializing Joystick', 1);
-  end;
-
-  Log.BenchmarkEnd(0);
-  Log.LogBenchmark('Loading Time', 0);
-
-
-  //------------------------------
-  //Start- Mainloop
-  //------------------------------
-  //Music.SetLoop(true);
-  //Music.SetVolume(50);
-  //Music.Open(SkinPath + 'Menu Music 3.mp3');
-  //Music.Play;
-  Log.LogStatus('Main Loop', 'Initialization');               MainLoop;
-  
-  Log.LogStatus('Cleanup', 'Done');
-
-  //------------------------------
-  //Finish Application
-  //------------------------------
-  if Ini.LPT = 1 then LCD.Clear;
-  if Ini.LPT = 2 then Light.TurnOff;
-
-  // Insignificant change..
-
-  Log.Free;
 end.
diff --git a/Game/Code/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas b/Game/Code/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas
index 18135765..fc958d23 100644
--- a/Game/Code/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas
+++ b/Game/Code/lib/SQLite/SQLiteTable3.pas
@@ -17,6 +17,10 @@ unit SQLiteTable3;
 
 interface
 
+{$IFDEF FPC}
+  {$MODE Delphi}
+{$ENDIF}
+
 {$I switches.inc}
 
 uses
diff --git a/Game/Code/switches.inc b/Game/Code/switches.inc
index 1e1d4cad..1958471b 100644
--- a/Game/Code/switches.inc
+++ b/Game/Code/switches.inc
@@ -19,7 +19,8 @@
     {$DEFINE LAZARUS}	
   {$ENDIF}
 
-  {$MODE DELPHI}
+//  {$MODE DELPHI}  // JB - This is not allowed by the free pascal compiler for some reason ( At least on linux )
+
   {$DEFINE DLL_CDECL}
   {$UNDEF UseSerialPort}
   {$UNDEF UseMIDIPort}